AVAILABLE
ONLINE &
HARD COPY
Please email
afsdesigntoolbox@csr.com.au
or visit afswall.com.au
for log-in details.
A | Introduction
CONTENTS B | Applications
C | Properties
D | Structural Design
G | Performance
H | Environmental Matters
I | Architectural Detailing
J | Trade Co-ordination
K | Installation Guide
L | Certification
Important legal statements on reverse
M | Index
Legal Statements
DISCLAIMER
1. This technical manual named AFS Designer together with the design tables and associated information
related to AFS LOGICWALL has been prepared by AFS to assist design professionals using AFS
LOGICWALL including without limitation, developers, builders, engineers, architects or quantity surveyors
with the design of structural walls.
2. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the use of this manual is appropriate and to exercise their own
judgment when using this manual.
3. AFS does not accept any responsibility (whether for negligence or otherwise) for any consequence arising from the
use or application of this manual.
4. The design and engineering of the structure of any building using AFS LOGICWALL should only be undertaken by
suitability qualified and experienced design professionals, engineers or consultants.
5. The full responsibility for the design, engineering and structural design, and certification of compliance with
all relevant Australian Standards, BCA and any other statutory requirements at Local, State and Federal levels
rest with the design professional, project engineer or project consultants including but not limited to the design
engineer, acoustic consultant, energy efficiency consultant, fire engineer and any of their officers, employees,
delegates, partners, agents and service providers of any nature.
6. AFS reserves the right to change the specifications of this manual without notice.
7. Please check with AFS that you have the latest version as the manual may be updated from time to time and
certain details may change.
8. This disclaimer applies to the extent permitted by law.
DEFINITIONS
The use of the terms AFS LOGICWALL and AFS LOGICWALL Walls throughout the AFS Designer are as follows;
AFS LOGICWALL: Refers to AFS LOGICWALL panels as permanent formwork prior to being installed & corefilled with concrete.
AFS LOGICWALL Walls: Refers to AFS LOGICWALL walls installed with concrete corefill incorporated.
Introduction
A Introduction
A1 Product Description
A2 Product Benefits
A3 Dimensions & Components
A3.1 Single Reinforcement Carriers
A3.2 Double Reinforcement Carriers
A3.3 Components and Accessories
A4 Typical Panel and Component Layout
A5 The Construction Process Overview
2015 EDITION
A Introduction
Introduction
Introduction
Introduction
AFS
AFS
AFShas
has
hasaaahistory
history
historyinininthe
the
theconstruction
construction
constructionindustry
industry
industryof
of
ofmanufacturing
manufacturing
manufacturing These buildings
These
These buildings require
buildings require large
require large amounts
large amounts of
amounts of party/
of party/
party/
and
and
andsupplying
supplying
supplyinginnovative
innovative
innovativeprefabricated
prefabricated
prefabricatedbuilding
building
buildingsystems.
systems.
systems. separation walls,
separation
separation walls, corridor
walls, corridor walls
corridor walls and
walls and lift
and lift and
lift and stair
and stair shafts.
stair shafts.
shafts.
InInIn most
most cases
most cases they
cases they also
they also require
also require boundary
require boundary walls,
boundary walls, external
walls, external
external
A
A
AFS
AFS
AFS hashas
has focused
focused
focused onon
on its
its
its major
major
major product,
product,
product, AFS
AFS
AFS LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL,,,
facade walls
facade
facade walls and
walls and blade
and blade walls,
blade walls, balcony
walls, balcony upstands,
balcony upstands, basement
upstands, basement
basement
which
which
whichthrough
through
throughmuch
much
muchresearch
research
researchand and
anddevelopment
development
developmenthas has
hasbecome
become
become
andand retaining
and retaining walls.
retaining walls. AFS
walls. AFS LOGICWALL
AFS LOGICWALL can
LOGICWALL can
can bebe
be utilised
utilised
utilised
aaa leading
leading
leading proprietary
proprietary
proprietary walling
walling
walling system
system
system forfor
for the
the
the multi-unit
multi-unit
multi-unit
A
effectively
effectively
effectivelyininin all
all
all these
these
these areas,
areas,
areas, providing
providing
providing benefits
benefits
benefits for
for
for all
all
all parties
parties
parties
residential
residential
residentialconstruction
construction
constructionmarket.
market.
market.The
The
Thebuildings
buildings
buildingswhich
which
whichmake
make
makeupup
up
concerned
concerned
concernedwhilstwhilst
whilstcomplying
complying
complyingwith
with
withcurrent
current
currentBCA
BCA
BCArequirements.
requirements.
requirements.
this
this
this market
market
market areare
are apartments,
apartments,
apartments, hotels/motels,
hotels/motels,
hotels/motels, accommodation
accommodation
accommodation
buildings,
buildings,
buildings, nursing
nursing
nursing homes,
homes,
homes, aged
aged
aged care
care
care facilities,
facilities,
facilities, office
office
office blocks
blocks
blocks
and
and
andshopping
shopping
shoppingcentres
centres
centresetc.
etc.
etc.
A1
A1
A1 Product
Product
Product Description
Description
Description
AFS
AFS
AFS LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL isisis aaa permanent
permanent
permanent formwork
formwork
formwork system system
system forfor
for The
The panels
The panels can
panels can vary
vary ininin size
can vary size and
size and thickness
and thickness
thickness to to suit
suit aaa variety
to suit variety
variety
concrete
concrete
concrete walling
walling
walling for
for
for external
external
external and
and
and internal
internal
internal walls.
walls.
walls. ItItIt consists
consists
consists ofof
of of
of architectural
of architectural
architectural and and engineering
and engineering
engineering designdesign requirements.
design requirements.
requirements.
lightweight
lightweight
lightweight sandwich
sandwich
sandwichpanels
panels
panelscreated
created
createdby by
bybonding
bonding
bondinghard-wearing
hard-wearing
hard-wearing The
The structural
The structural capability
structural capability
capability of of the
of the product
the product
product whenwhen filled
when filled with
filled with
with
fibre
fibre
fibre cement
cement
cement sheets
sheets
sheets to to
to galvanised
galvanised
galvanised steel
steel
steel stud
stud
stud frames.
frames.
frames. TheThe
The concrete
concrete makes
makes ititit an
concrete makes an ideal
an ideal solution
ideal solution
solution forfor the
for the construction
the construction
construction of of
of
panels
panels
panels are
are
are quickly
quickly
quickly and
and
and simply
simply
simply hand
hand
hand erected
erected
erected on onon site
site
site and
and
and buildings
buildings such
buildingssuch as:
suchas:
as:
then
then
then core-filled
core-filled
core-filled withwith
with concrete
concrete
concrete to to
to achieve
achieve
achieve loadbearing
loadbearing
loadbearing walls walls
walls
Multi-unit
Multi-unit residential
Multi-unitresidential apartments
residentialapartments
apartments
that
that
that are
are
are fire
fire
fire and
and
and sound
sound
sound rated.
rated.
rated. TheThe
The fibre
fibre
fibre cement
cement
cement sheeting
sheeting
sheeting
Hotels
Hotels and
Hotelsand motels
andmotels
motels
remains
remains
remains ininin place
place
place asas
as sacrificial
sacrificial
sacrificial formwork,
formwork,
formwork, and and
and provides
provides
provides an an
an
Commercial
Commercial offices
Commercialoffices
offices
excellent
excellent
excellent substrate
substrate
substrate for for
for applied
applied
applied finishes
finishes
finishes such
such
such as as
as skim
skim
skim
Shopping
Shopping centres
Shoppingcentres
centres
coating,
coating,
coating,acrylic
acrylic
acrylicrender
render
renderandand
andpaint.
paint.
paint.
Hospitals
Hospitals
Hospitals
Prisons
Prisons
Prisons
A2
A2
A2 Product Benefits
Product
Product Benefits
Benefits
Speed
Speed
Speed Quality
Quality
Quality
The
The
The system
system
system isisis renowned
renowned
renowned for
for
for its
its
its fast
fast
fast and
and
and simple
simple
simple construction
construction
construction The
The
The system
system
system delivers
delivers
delivers finished,
finished,
finished, solid-feel
solid-feel
solid-feel concrete
concrete
concrete walls walls
walls
leading
leading
leadingto
to
toearlier
earlier
earlierproject
project
projectcompletion.
completion.
completion. lined
lined
lined both
both
both sides
sides
sides with
with
with durable,
durable,
durable, finished
finished
finished fibre
fibre
fibre cement
cement
cement sheetssheets
sheets
ready
ready
ready for
for
for skim
skim
skim coating
coating
coating and and
and painting.The
painting.The
painting.The system
system
system provides
provides
provides
Structural
Structural
StructuralCapacity
Capacity
Capacity
accuracy
accuracy
accuracy ininin floor
floor
floor to
to
to floor
floor
floor wall
wall
wall alignment
alignment
alignment resulting
resulting
resulting ininin straight
straight
straight
The
The
The high
high
high strength,
strength,
strength,thinner
thinner
thinner walls
walls
walls provide
provide
provide more
more
more internal
internal
internal space
space
space and
and
andplumb
plumb
plumbwalls.
walls.
walls.
and
and
and reduce
reduce
reduce the
the
the dead
dead
dead load
load
load on
on
on the
the
the structure.The
structure.The
structure.The walls
walls
walls act
act
act
Efficiency
Efficiency
Efficiency
as
as
as deep
deep
deep beams
beams
beams andand
and transfer
transfer
transfer walls,
walls,
walls, which
which
which reduce
reduce
reduce floor
floor
floor slab
slab
slab
thickness
thickness
thickness and
and
and eliminates
eliminates
eliminates conventionally
conventionally
conventionally formed
formed
formed beams
beams
beams and and
and There
There
There isisis aaa reduction
reduction
reduction of
of
of trades
trades
trades including
including
including blockwork,
blockwork,
blockwork, rendering
rendering
rendering
columns.
columns.
columns. and
and
and plasterboard,
plasterboard,
plasterboard, resulting
resulting
resulting ininin major
major
major cost
cost
cost and
and
and time
time
time savings.
savings.
savings.
There
There
There isisis minimal
minimal
minimal wastage
wastage
wastage on on
on site
site
site and
and
and aaa cleaner,
cleaner,
cleaner, safersafer
safer
Performance
Performance
Performance
workplace.
workplace.
workplace. Materials
Materials
Materials handling,
handling,
handling, including
including
including cranage,
cranage,
cranage, isisis reduced
reduced
reduced
The
The
The monolithic
monolithic
monolithic character
character
character of of
of the
the
the system
system
system offers
offers
offers consistent,
consistent,
consistent, significantly,
significantly,
significantly,by by
byup
up
upto
to
to80%.
80%.
80%.
high
high
high acoustic
acoustic
acoustic ratings
ratings
ratings which
which
which are are
are BCABCA
BCA compliant
compliant
compliant andand
and
excellent
excellent
excellent fire
fire
fire test
test
test results,
results,
results, lateral
lateral
lateral load
load
load resistance
resistance
resistance and
and
and wind
wind
wind
and
and
andseismic
seismic
seismicloadload
loadcapacity.
capacity.
capacity.
111
WALLING
WALLING
WALLING
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012
2012
Introduction
AFS LOGICWALL comes in five panel thicknesses: 120mm, any height from 200mm up to 4200mm. Heights exceeding
A
150mm, 162mm, 200mm and 262mm. The standard 4200mm can be manufactured upon request and will
panel width is 1100mm. However, the panels can be be regarded as a special order to suit the architectural
manufactured to any width from 200mm up to 1100mm and requirements for each project.
A
AFS200D AFS262D
Overall Filled Unfilled
Sheet Stud Width Cavity Size
Product Code Thickness Wall Mass Wall Mass
Thickness (mm) (mm)
(mm) (kg/m2) (kg/m2)
6mm x 2 layers
AFS200D
= 12 mm
188 188 200 480 27
6mm x 2 layers
AFS262D
= 12 mm
250 250 262 630 27.5
2
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Introduction
A3.3 Components and Accessories
Introduction
Item Description
A
A
Standard LOGICWALL Panel 6mm fibre cement sheet bonded to
galvanised steel stud frame
Sills and Lintels Infill panels for above and below window
and door openings
3
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Introduction
Item Description
A
A
4
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Floor Track Pins
Introduction
A3.3 Components and Accessories continued
Introduction
Panel Joint fixing Screws
Item Description
A
A
Brace Screws For temporary fixing of wall braces
to AFS LOGICWALL panels
Scalibre Bolt
55
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Introduction
A Standard Panel
A
B Sill Panel
Concrete fill
C Lintel Panel
D Corner Panel
E End Cap
F Edge Form
G Floor Track
C
A B
6
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Prefabricated corner panel
with factory installed
horizontal reinforcing
Introduction
Introduction
Upper level
sealant, flashing
and floor track
A
Upper level starter
bars to engineers
specification (continuation of
A
vertical reinforcement)
Lintel panel
F
Recessed sheet edges
for flush set jointing
Assembled
closing cap
(closing
stud and Tape and set
fibre recessed sheet joints
cement
E
strip) at
sides and
head of
openings
AFS LOGICWALL
E Starter bars to
engineers
specification
Floor track
Flashing over
track before panel
installation
Sealant under
G
floor track
7
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Introduction
8
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Introduction
Introduction
A
AFS logicwAll Shop drAwing elevAtion
A
AFS logicwAll Floor plAn
9
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Introduction
AFS LOGICWALL panels are custom made to Window and doorway openings are formed with sill and lintel
schedules prepared from the construction drawings of the panels which are also scheduled and manufactured to size.
A
project and each panel is shop drawn and coded for easy Steel door frames are installed with the panels. Horizontal and
identification on site. vertical reinforcement steel and electrical services are placed
in the walls.The panel openings and ends are closed with the
PRODUCTION
end cap system.
AFS LOGICWALL is precision manufactured in
CONCRETE CORE FILLING
facilities capable of producing large volumes of panels with
short lead times. The controlled environment and automated The erected panels are then core filled with concrete with a
machinery helps deliver quality with consistency. mix design that is suitable for filling AFS LOGICWALL
using concrete pumping methods. This is mostly done
DELIVERY
from the formed deck of the next slab or off a scaffold. The
AFSs in house transportation and logistics team concrete walls are then ready to perform as a load bearing
ensures that orders are shipped arriving onsite securely structure for the next floor slab or roof structure.
and on time. The panels are flat stacked, creating pallets
FINISHING OF WALLS
which are easily delivered to site and craned onto the
floor slab ready for placement. Once the concrete core fill has gained strength and the walls
are permanently braced by the floor or roof structure at the top
SITE ERECTION
of the walls the temporary braces are removed. The panels are
Following set out, the AFS LOGICWALL panels are hand then prepared and joints set with specified setting methods.
lifted into place over a steel floor track and reinforcement The walls are then ready for applied finishes such as skim
starter bars. The panels are braced with adjustable braces coating and painting.
and then plumbed and straightened.
COMPLETION
The AFS LOGICWALL system has contributed to the
delivery of quality structural internal and external finished
walls for buildings ready to occupy.
10
10
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
A Notes
Introduction
A
11
DESIGNER 2015
Introduction
A
12
DESIGNER 2015
B Applications
Applications
B1 Building Type Applications
B1.1 AFS LOGICWALL 3D Panel Layout
B2 Typical Multi-Residential Panel Layout
B3 Application Charts for:
B3.1 Balustrades
B3.2 Blade Columns
B3.3 External Blade Walls
B3.4 External Facade Walls
B3.5 Internal Corridor Walls
B3.6 Internal Partition Walls
B3.7 Internal Party Walls
B3.8 Lift Shafts
B3.9 Retaining Walls and Basement Walls
B3.10 Service Shafts
B3.11 Stair Shafts
2015 EDITION
B Applications
Applications
Disclaimer: This section of the AFS Designer is intended only by AFS to represent good building practice. This section is not intended in any way by AFS to
Applications
Applications
represent all relevant information required on a project. It is the responsibility of those using AFS LOGICWALL, including but not limited to builders,
designers, consultants and engineers, to verify that AFS LOGICWALL is suitable for use on a project. All diagram, plans and illustrations used in this section
including any reinforcement shown are included for indicative and diagrammatic purposes only. It is the responsibility of those using AFS LOGICWALL to
ensure that reference is made to the structural engineers details for all diagrammatic and reinforcement requirements.
B
B
AFS LOGICWALL is a permanent formwork for reinforced For external applications, AFS LOGICWALL must be
concrete walls. So wherever there is an application for protected by an appropriate water proofing system.
reinforced concrete walls up to 250mm thick, AFS LOGICWALL
is likely to be applicable. The particular application will be The applications outlined in this chapter, including all
subject to engineering assessment. charts, are based upon AFS LOGICWALLs most common
applications in multi-residential medium rise buildings.
The best applications for AFS LOGICWALL are for building
structures which utilise load bearing wall construction and call
for high levels of fire and acoustic performance.
Internal Corridor Walls Internal Partition Walls Internal Party Walls Lift Shafts
* Alternatively Basement Walls can be constructed using REDIWALL, another product by AFS.
www.rediwall.com.au
13
13
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
Applications
Components Key
AFS
Chapter
# Application Wall Page
Section
Size
1 Internal Party Walls 162 B3.7
2 Internal Corridor Walls 162 B3.5 2
3 Internal Partition Walls 120 B3.6
1
Balustrade Walls 7
5
4 150 B3.1
5 Lift Shaft 200 B3.8
6
6
7
Stair Shaft
Service Shafts
200
162
B3.11
B3.10
4
8 External Facade Walls 150 B3.4
3
9 Basement / Retaining Walls 262 B3.9
10 Blade Columns 262 B3.2
14
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Applications
Applications
B
B
8
10
15
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
Applications
16
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Applications
Applications
B
B
17
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Detail #31
Balcony Wall Detail
Applications
Applications
B3.1 Balustrades
Requirements
N/A N/A N/A N/A vary according N/A
to application
Product
Code Rw Rw+Ctr Dn,T,w Dn,T,w + Ctr (FRL) R-VALUE
AFS 120
Draft v10 30/4/12 - - - - 240/240/180 N/A
18
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Applications
Applications
B3.2 Blade Columns
B
B
AFS 162
AFS 200 A building element or wall section serving as a 162mm, 200mm or 262mm
AFS 200D loadbearing element AFS LOGICWALL
AFS 262D
Diagram
AFS
Acoustic Fire (FRL)
Stand Alone
AFS LOGICWALL
exposed 1 side
Code Firewall
N*f / Nu < 0.7
19
19
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
Applications
AFS 150
AFS 162 External wall serving as an architectural, 150mm, 162mm, 200mm or 262mm
AFS 200 load bearing blade wall AFS LOGICWALL
AFS 262
Diagram
R
Draft v3 20/9/11 Rw+Ctr Dn,T,w Dn,T,w + Ctr (FRL) R-VALUE
BCA
Requirements
N/A N/A N/A N/A vary according N/A
to application
AFS Acoustic Fire Thermal
Product
AFS LOGICWALL
20
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Applications
Applications
B3.4 External Facade Walls
B
B3.4.1 Climate Zone 1, 2, 3 and 5
B
AFS Product Code Application Composition
Diagram
External Internal
Climate Zone
N/A N/A N/A N/A 90/90/902* 1.4
1, 2, 3, 5
Product
Performance
1* All AFS LOGICWALLs are suitable as external envelope walls for climate zones 1-7 as the AFS LOGICWALL comes under
clause (b) of table J1.50 of the BCA (see fig G4.3) (where the only space for insulation is provided by a furring channel, top hat
section, batten or the like) which reduces the required total R to 1.4 for climate zones 1 to 7.
For further options and details on thermal systems for AFS LOGICWALL, refer to Section G4 - Thermal Insulation
of this manual.
2* This applies to external walls less than 3 metres from boundary for external walls greater than or equal to 3 metres from
boundary. The BCA requirement is 90/60/30.
21
21
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
Applications
Diagram
External Internal
Climate Zone
N/A N/A N/A N/A 90/90/902* 1.7
4&6
Product
Performance
1* All AFS LOGICWALLs are suitable as external envelope walls for climate zones 1-7 as the AFS LOGICWALL comes under
clause (b) of table J1.50 of the BCA (see fig G4.3) (where the only space for insulation is provided by a furring channel, top hat
section, batten or the like) which reduces the required total R to 1.4 for climate zones 1 to 7.
For further options and details on thermal systems for AFS LOGICWALL, refer to Section G4 - Thermal Insulation
of this manual.
2* This applies to external walls less than 3 metres from boundary for external walls greater than or equal to 3 metres from
boundary. The BCA requirement is 90/60/30.
22
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Applications
Applications
B3.4 External Facade Walls continued
B
B
AFS Product Code Application Composition
AFS 1201* 120mm or 150mm AFS LOGICWALL with 40mm foil
External facade walls
AFS 1501* board insulation, furring channel and plaster board
Diagram
External
Internal
Climate Zone
N/A N/A N/A N/A 90/90/902* 2.3
7&8
Product
Performance
1* All AFS LOGICWALLs are suitable as external envelope walls for climate zones 1-7 as the AFS LOGICWALL comes under
clause (b) of table J1.50 of the BCA (see fig G4.3) (where the only space for insulation is provided by a furring channel, top hat
section, batten or the like) which reduces the required total R to 1.4 for climate zones 1 to 7.
For further options and details on thermal systems for AFS LOGICWALL, refer to Section G4 - Thermal Insulation
of this manual.
2* This applies to external walls less than 3 metres from boundary for external walls greater than or equal to 3 metres from
boundary. The BCA requirement is 90/60/30.
23
23
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
Applications
Diagram
Product
Performance
24
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Applications
Applications
B3.6 Internal Partition Walls
B
AFS Product Code Application Composition
B
AFS 120 Load bearing walls within sole
120mm or 150mm AFS LOGICWALL
AFS 150 occupancy units
Diagram
90/-/-
N/A N/A N/A N/A Heating exposure N/A
both sides
AFS
Performance
Product
Code Rw Rw+Ctr Dn,T,w Dn,T,w + Ctr (FRL) R-VALUE
25
25
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
Applications
Product
Performance
26
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Applications
Applications
B3.7 Internal Party Walls continued
B3.7.2 Habitable to Wet Area / Wet Area to Wet Area Where Services are to be installed
B
B
AFS Product Code Application Composition
Habitable
Area
Wet
Area
50 45 90/90/90 N/A
Product
Performance
27
27
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
Applications
50 45 90/90/90 N/A
Product
Performance
28
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Applications
Applications
B3.8 Lift Shafts
B
AFS Product Code Application Composition
B
AFS 162
AFS 200 Walls separating lift shafts from 162mm, 200mm or 262mm AFS
AFS 200D sole occupancy units LOGICWALL
AFS 262D
Fig B3.8
Diagram
Slab
Product
Rw Rw+Ctr Dn,T,w Dn,T,w + Ctr (FRL) R-VALUE
Performance
Code
AFS 162 64 56 58 50-48 240/240/240 N/A
AFS 200 70 62 58 50-48 240/240/240 N/A
AFS 200D 70 62 58 50-48 240/240/240 N/A
AFS 262D 71 63 58 50-48 240/240/240 N/A
1
For lift shaft walls in basement carparks the BCA FRL requirement is 180/120/120.
29
29
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
Applications
AFS 150
AFS 162
Walls separating lift shafts from 150mm, 162mm, 200mm or
AFS 200 common areas and stair shafts 262mm AFS LOGICWALL
AFS 200D
AFS 262
Diagram
LIFT
COMMON
AREA
Slab
30
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Applications
Applications
B3.9 Retaining Walls and Basement Walls
B
AFS 120
B
AFS 150 120mm, 150mm, 162mm,
A wall serving to retain earth or similar
AFS 162 200mm or 262mm
elements e.g- where a deep excavation has
AFS 200
AFS200D Detail #7
occurred or in a basement situation. AFS LOGICWALL
AFS 262D
AFS Retaining Wall Slab Junction
Diagram
Option A
Backfilled to
engineers
requirements
Requirements
N/A N/A N/A N/A vary according N/A
to application
Alternatively basement or retaining walls can be constructed using REDIWALL, another product of AFS.
31
31
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
Applications
AFS 120 Walls separating ventilation/ service risers from 120mm or 150mm
AFS 150 sole occupancy units or common areas AFS LOGICWALL
Diagram
25 - Service
BCA
shaft to Wet
Area
N/A N/A N/A 90/90/901 N/A
40 - Service
shaft to
Habitable
AFS
Performance
Product
Code Rw Rw+Ctr Dn,T,w Dn,T,w + Ctr (FRL) R-VALUE
1
For service shaft walls in basement carparks the BCA FRL requirement is 180/90/90.
32
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Applications
Applications
B3.11 Stair Shafts
B
B
AFS 150
Walls separating stair shafts from 150mm, 162mm, 200mm
AFS 162 sole occupancy units or common areas AFS LOGICWALL
AFS 200
Fig B3.11
Diagram
System on page 29
recommended to
provide impact insulation
SOLE
OCCUPANCY
UNIT
STAIR SHAFTS
Slab
Product
Performance
1
For stair shaft walls in basement carparks the BCA FRL requirement is 180/120/120.
33
33
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
B Notes
Applications
B
34
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
B
35
DESIGNER 2015
Applications
B
36
DESIGNER 2015
C Properties
C1 Concrete Corefill
Properties
C2 Steel Studs
C2.1 Steel Stud Properties
C2.2 Steel Stud Spacing
C3 Panel Facing Sheet
C4 Adhesive
C5 Materials Handling, Storage and Safety
2015 EDITION
C Properties
Disclaimer: This section of the AFS Designer is intended only by AFS to represent good building practice when core filling AFS LOGICWALL. This section is
not intended in any way by AFS to represent all relevant information required on a project in relation to concrete core filling techniques. It remains the
Properties
responsibility of those using AFS LOGICWALL, including but not limited to builders, designers, consultants and engineers, to ensure that the appropriate
Properties
concrete mix is procured and used and is suitably compacted and installed for use on a project. All diagrams, plans and illustrations used in this section including
any reinforcement shown are included for indicative and diagramatic purposes only.
C
C
The concrete supplier is responsible to provide a mix design increase
Admixtures the including
slump to plasticiser
140 160mm. Slumpare
and flyash is toused
be
that is
that is suitable
suitable for
for filling
filling AFS
AFS LOGICWALL.
LOGICWALL. measured and discharged from the truck
to increase the slump to 140 160mm. Slump is to to AS1379
requirements.
be measured and discharged from the truck to AS1379
The concrete
The concrete core
core fill
fill mix
mix must
must bebe designed
designed with
with enhanced
enhanced Pumpable
requirements. for delivery via a 50mm diameter hose, with
flow characteristics. Such concrete is available from Hanson
flow characteristics. Such concrete is available from Hanson continuous flow.delivery via a 50mm diameter hose, with
Concrete and and most
most other Pumpable for
Concrete other concrete
concrete suppliers.
suppliers. The
The installer
installer Pours limited to 1500mm high lift per pass. Allow sufficient
is responsible for achieving a dense homogeneous mass of continuous flow.
is responsible for achieving a dense homogeneous mass of time between passes, to allow the concrete of the previous
concrete in each pour whilst avoiding blowouts. Pours limited to 1500mm1 high lift per pass. Allow sufficient
concrete in each pour whilst avoiding blowouts. pass to gel. (Typically /2 hour or longer). Refer chapter
AFS trial and experience have shown that a concrete mix that time
K, between
Section K6.6 passes, to allow
Concrete the concrete
delivery of the previous
and placement for Gel
AFS trial andsuch
is designed experience have shown
that segregation andthat a concrete
blowouts mix that
are prevented passprocedure.
test to gel. (Typically /2 hour or longer).
1
C2 Steel Studs
The AFS LOGICWALL studs which comprise the frame inside The AFS LOGICWALL steel studs are a patented designed
the panel are roll formed from Galvabond G2 0.55BMTZ275 stud with large flared hole penetrations at 200mm centres to
coil steel. This is a hot-dipped zinc-coated commercial forming facilitate concrete flow and self compaction.
steel with a spangled surface and conforms to AS1365 and
AS1397. A material specification sheet is available upon request.
37
37
WALLING
WALLING SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2012
2015
Properties
(net) Factors
Overall Wall
C
Spacing
Stud tw ttotal Dpunch A.stud IXX A c% f.stud Afl
Spacing
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (net)
mm2 (mm4x103) A c% Mpa mm2/m
Factors
Type Kco
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) mm2 (mm4x103) Mpa mm2/m
Type Kco
AFS120 146 108 120 70 63.69 164.2 47.1% 300 502 0.741 0.235
AFS120 146 108 120 70 63.69 164.2 47.1% 300 502 0.741 0.235
AFS150 146 136 148 100 68.09 276.5 52.3% 300 502 0.756 0.260
AFS150 146 136 148 100 68.09 276.5 52.3% 300 502 0.756 0.260
AFS162 146 150 162 100 75.79 358.4 47.2% 300 502 0.742 0.236
AFS162 146 150 162 100 75.79 358.4 47.2% 300 502 0.742 0.236
AFS200 146 188 200 134 77.99 602.9 50% 300 502 0.75 0.25
AFS200 146 188 200 134 77.99 602.9 50% 300 502 0.75 0.25
AFS200D 146 188 200 134 77.99 602.9 50% 300 502 0.75 0.25
AFS200D 146 188 200 134 77.99 602.9 50% 300 502 0.75 0.25
AFS262D 146.0 250 262 211 115.39 1303.5 49.5% 300 502 0.75 0.25
AFS262D 146.0 250 262 211 115.39 1303.5 49.5% 300 502 0.75 0.25
Lipped 146mm
opening
Lipped 146mm
opening
x x
38
38 DESIGNER 2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Properties
Properties
Properties
d Spacing continued
C2.2 Steel Stud Spacing continued
AFS AFS
120 150 AFSAFS
162150 AFS 162
Fig.
Fig.C2.2.C
C2.2.B136
108Stud
Stud Fig.
Fig. C2.2.C
C2.2.D 136
150 Stud
Stud Fig. C2.2.D 150 Stud
AFS 150
AFS 120 AFS
AFS162
150 AFS162
C
C
200mm
200mm 200mm
200mm 200mm
200mm
200mm 200mm
200mm 200mm
30mm
30mm 30mm30mm 30mm
170mm 170mm
170mm CONCRETE
CONCRETE 170mm CONCRETE
CONCRETE 170mm CONCRETE
% 30mm
CONTACT
CONTACT AREA47.1%
AREA 52.3% CONTACTAREA
CONTACT 52.3%
AREA 47.2% CONTACT AREA 47.2%
30mm 30mm30mm 30mm
50mm
50mm 50mm50mm 50mm
18mm
19mm 19mm18mm 25mm18mm 18mm
25mm 25mm 25mm
100mm 100mm
100mm 100mm
70mm
6mm 6mm 108mm 6mm
136mm 6mm 6mm 6mm 150mm
136mm 6mm
6mm 6mm 150mm 6mm
148mm 148mm
120mm 162mm 162mm
200mm 200mm
200mm 200mm
200mm
200mm 200mm
200mm 200mm
200mm
200mm 200mm
200mm 200mm
40mm
166mm
160mm
CONCRETE 166mm
CONCRETE
CONCRETE CONCRETE
50.0% CONTACT AREA 50.0% 160mm CONTACT
CONTACT
AREA 49.5%
AREA50.0% 160mm CONTACT AREA 49.5%
30mm
50mm 50mm
33mm
37mm 33mm
37mm 50mm 33mm 33mm 50mm
134mm
115mm 134mm
6mm 188mm 6mm 6mm
19.5mm 188mm 6mm19.5mm 19.5mm 19.5mm
211mm 211mm
200mm 6mm 200mm
250mm 6mm 6mm 250mm 6mm
262mm 262mm
39 39
39
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Properties
Properties
AFS LOGICWALL is faced with 6mm recessed edge, fibre The fibre cement sheet becomes the wall face and provides
cement sheeting which is bonded and pressed to the a suitable substrate for applied finishes and conforms to
C
C
galvanized stud frame. The sheeting is an autoclaved, cellulose AS2908.2 Cellulose Cement Products Part 2 Flat Sheets.
fibre reinforced cement sheet which is resistant to permanent
water damage and will not rot. The sheets have a recess at
both long edges for specified jointing methods.
C4 Adhesive
The fibre cement sheets are bonded to the steel stud frame
using AFS LOGICWALL adhesive. This is a proprietary formula
specially designed to withstand the compaction of concrete
at infill stage without the need of mechanical fixing methods.
40
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Properties
Safety
Properties
Breathing in the dust liberated when cutting or grinding the The basic toolkit should include, but not necessarily limited to:
fibre cement sheet on AFS LOGICWALL panels is hazardous.
A - Dust masks
It is the builders responsibility to ensure that safe work
C
practices are adopted. These inlcude the following: B - Safety gloves
C
Minimise dust by using hand methods to cut fibre cement C - Hearing protection
sheets, i.e. tungsten-tipped score and snap knife; hand D - Barrier cream / lotion
guillotine or hand saw.
E - Eye protection
If using power tools ensure the work area is well ventilated,
use dust extraction systems fitted to power tools and wear Material Safety Data Sheets
approved dust mask and safety glasses. MSDS sheets for the following components are available on
Ensure containment of dust during clean-up and disposal. request:
41
41
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
C Notes
Properties
C
42
DESIGNER 2015
Properties
C
43
DESIGNER 2015
Properties
C
44
DESIGNER 2015
D Structural Design
D1 Introduction
D2 AFS 120 LOGICWALL
D3 AFS 150 LOGICWALL
D4 AFS 162 LOGICWALL
Structural
Design
D5 AFS 200 LOGICWALL
D6 AFS 200D LOGICWALL
D7 AFS 262D LOGICWALL
D8 Fire Resistance
D9 Wall Properties
D10 Axial Capacity
D11 Flexural Capacity
D12 Shear Capacity
D13 Vertical Stud Shear Plane
D14 In Plane Horizontal Shear Capacity
D15 Horizontal Bottom Plate Shear Plane
D16 Lintels
D17 Design as Deep Beam or Transfer Walls
D18 Worked Example
D19 Reinforcement Requirements
D20 Minimum Reinforcement
D21 Earthquake Actions
D22 Reinforcement Detailing Constraints
D23 Movement Joints
D24 Sheet Surface Joints
D25 Wall Bracing
D26 Structural Detailing
D27 Core Fill Compaction
D28 AFS and Natspec
2015 EDITION
D
D Structural
Structural Design
Design
Structural Design
Design
Design
Structural Design
Disclaimer:
Disclaimer:
Disclaimer:This This
Thissection
section
sectionofofofthe the
theAFS
AFS
AFSDesigner
Designer
Designerisisisintended
intended
intendedonly only
onlybyby
byAFS
AFS
AFStototorepresent
represent
representgood good
goodbuilding
building
buildingpractice
practice
practiceinininacheiving
acheiving
acheivingstructural
structural
structuraldesigndesign
designofofofAFS
AFS
AFS
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL ..This
. This
Thissection
section
sectionisisisnot
not
notintended
intended
intendedinininany
any
anyway
way
waybyby
byAFS
AFS
AFStototorepresent
represent
representallall
allrelevant
relevant
relevantinformation
information
informationrequired
required
requiredonononaaaproject.
project.
project.ItItItisisisthe
the
theresponsibility
responsibility
responsibilityofofofthose
those
thoseusing
using
using
Structural
Structural
and
and
anddesigning
designing
designingAFS AFS
AFSLOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL ,,including
,including
includingbut
but
butnot
not
notlimited
limited
limitedtototobuilders,
builders,
builders,designers,
designers,
designers,consultants
consultants
consultantsand and
andengineers,
engineers,
engineers,tototoensure
ensure
ensurethat
that
thatAFSAFSAFSLOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL isisissuitable
suitable
suitablefor
for
foruse
use
use
on
on
onaaaproject
project
projectinininrelation
relation
relationtototostructural
structural
structuraldesign.
design.
design.All
All
Alldiagrams,
diagrams,
diagrams,plans
plans
plansandand
andillustrations
illustrations
illustrationsused
used
usedinininthis
this
thissection
section
sectionincluding
including
includingany
any
anyreinforcement
reinforcement
reinforcementshown shown
shownare are
areincluded
included
includedfor for
forindicative
indicative
indicative
and
and
anddiagramatic
diagramatic
diagramaticpurposespurposes
purposesonly. only.
only.ItItItremains
remains
remainsthethe
theresponsibility
responsibility
responsibilityofofofthose
those
thoseusing
using
usingAFS
AFS
AFSLOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL toto
toensure
ensure
ensurethat
that
thatreference
reference
referenceisisismade made
madetototothe
the
theengineers
engineers
engineersstructural
structural
structural
details
details
detailsfor
for
forallall
alldiagrammatic
diagrammatic
diagrammaticand and
andreinforcement
reinforcement
reinforcementrequirements.
requirements.
requirements.
D
D
D
D1
D1
D1 Introduction
Introduction
Introduction
D
Walls
Walls
Wallsconstructed
constructed
constructedusing using
usingAFS
AFS
AFSLOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALLserve
serve
serveasas
ascritical
critical
critical InInInPlane
Plane
PlaneHorizontal
Horizontal
HorizontalShear
Shear
ShearCapacity
Capacity
Capacity
load
load
loadbearing
bearing
bearingelements
elements
elementsinininmany
many
manystructures.
structures.
structures.Whilst
Whilst
Whilststructural
structural
structural Horizontal
Horizontal
HorizontalBottom
Bottom
BottomPlate
Plate
PlateShear
Shear
ShearPlane
Plane
PlaneLimit
Limit
Limit
design
design
design ofofof these
these
these walls
walls
walls as
as
as AFS
AFS
AFS LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL walls
walls
walls isisis the
the
the Lintels
Lintels
Lintels
responsibility
responsibility
responsibilityofofofthethe
thenominated
nominated
nominatedStructural
Structural
StructuralEngineer
Engineer
Engineeron on
oneacheach
each Design
Design
Designas asasDeep
Deep
DeepBeam
Beam
BeamorororTransfer
Transfer
TransferWalls
Walls
Walls
project,
project,
project,this
this
thischapter
chapter
chapterserves
serves
serves as
as
as aaa guide
guide
guide for
for
for the
the
the Structural
Structural
Structural Worked
Worked
WorkedExamples
Examples
Examples
Engineer
Engineer
Engineerinininthe
the
thefollowing
following
followingareas:
areas:
areas: Reinforcement
Reinforcement
ReinforcementRequirements
Requirements
Requirements
Minimum
Minimum
Minimumreinforcement
reinforcement
reinforcement
Design
Design
DesignLoads
Loads
Loads
Structural
Structural
StructuralMovement
Movement
MovementJoints
Joints
Joints
Fire
Fire
FireResistance
Resistance
Resistance
Wall
Wall
WallBracing
Bracing
Bracing
Axial
Axial
AxialCapacity
Capacity
Capacity
Structural
Structural
StructuralDetailing
Detailing
Detailing
Flexural
Flexural
FlexuralCapacity
Capacity
Capacity
Core
Core
CoreFill
Fill
FillCompaction
Compaction
Compaction
Shear
Shear
ShearCapacity
Capacity
Capacity
Natspec
Natspec
Natspec
Vertical
Vertical
VerticalStud
Stud
StudShear
Shear
ShearCapacity
Capacity
Capacity
45
45
45
WALLING
WALLING
WALLING
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS DESIGNER
DESIGNER
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012
2012
2012
Structural Design Design
Structural Design
StructuralDesign
D2
D2
D2 AFS120
AFS120
AFS120
AFS
AFS
AFS
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
D Structural
D2.1
D2.1 AFS120
D2.1 AFS120
AFS120--Stud
-Stud
Stud
Spacing
Spacing
Spacing&&Profile
&Profile
Profile
AFS
AFS
AFS120
120
120
D
DD
AFS120
AFS120
AFS120 twtwtw AAc cA%%
c
%
Stud
Stud
Stud
Spacing
Spacing
Spacing 146
146
146
mm
mm
mm 108
108
108 47%
47%
47%
19mm
19mm
19mm
6mm
6mm
6mm
108mm
108mm
108mm
70mm
70mm
70mm 120mm
120mm
120mm
200mm
200mm
200mm 200mm
200mm
200mm 170mm
170mm
170mm 6mm
6mm
6mm
30mm
30mm
30mm 50mm
50mm
50mm
30mm
30mm
30mm 19mm
19mm
19mm
D2.2
D2.2
D2.2 AFS120
AFS120
AFS120
--Axial
-Axial
Axial
Capacity
Capacity
Capacity
H wu
H wu
H wu
H wu
H wu
H wu
k =k 0.75
=k0.75
= 0.75 e =e 0.05
=e0.05
t wt wt w
= 0.05 e =e 0.167
=e0.167t wt wt w
= 0.167 k =k 1.00
=k1.00
= 1.00 e =e 0.05
=e0.05
= 0.05
t wt wt w e =e 0.167
=e0.167
= 0.167
t wt wt w
ss s Axial
Axial
Axial
Capacity
Capacity((N(
Capacity Nu ukN/m)
NkN/m)
u
kN/m)
Wall
Wall
Wall
Hgt
Hgt
Hgt
(Hwu)
(Hwu)
(Hwu) Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
Floor
Floor
Floor
e=0.05xt
e=0.05xt
e=0.05xt
ww w
Dis-Continuous
Dis-Continuous
Dis-Continuous
Floor
Floor
Floor
e=0.167*t
e=0.167*t
e=0.167*t
ww w
k=0.75
k=0.75
k=0.75 k=1.0
k=1.0
k=1.0 fc=25
fc=25
fc=25
MPa
MPa
MPa fc=32
fc=32
fc=32
MPa
MPa
MPa fc=40
fc=40
fc=40
MPa
MPa
MPa fc=25
fc=25
fc=25
MPa
MPa
MPa fc=32
fc=32
fc=32
MPa
MPa
MPa fc=40
fc=40
fc=40
MPa
MPa
MPa
4500
4500
4500 3375
3375
3375 154
154
154 198
198
198 247
247
247 181818 232323 292929
4200
4200
4200 3150
3150
3150 252
252
252 323
323
323 403
403
403 116
116
116 149
149
149 186
186
186
3900
3900
3900 2925
2925
2925 343
343
343 439
439
439 549
549
549 207
207
207 265
265
265 332
332
332
3600
3600
3600 2700
2700
2700 428
428
428 547
547
547 684
684
684 292
292
292 373
373
373 467
467
467
3300
3300
3300 2475
2475
2475 505
505
505 647
647
647 808
808
808 369
369
369 473
473
473 591
591
591
3000
3000
3000 2250
2250
2250 576
576
576 738
738
738 922
922
922 440
440
440 563
563
563 704
704
704
2700
2700
2700 2025
2025
2025 640
640
640 820
820
820 1,024
1,024
1,024 504
504
504 645
645
645 807
807
807
2400
2400
2400 1800
1800
1800 698
698
698 893
893
893 1,116
1,116
1,116 562
562
562 719
719
719 899
899
899
2100
2100
2100 1575
1575
1575 748
748
748 958
958
958 1,197
1,197
1,197 612
612
612 784
784
784 980
980
980
1800
1800
1800 1350
1350
1350 792
792
792 1,014
1,014
1,014 1,267
1,267
1,267 656
656
656 840
840
840 1,050
1,050
1,050
Axial
Axial
Axial
capacity
capacity
capacity
determined
determined
determined ininaccordance
inaccordance
accordance AS3600-2009
AS3600-2009
AS3600-2009Cl.11.5.1
Cl.11.5.1 NuN=uN=u=(tw(t-1.2e
Cl.11.5.1 (t-1.2e
w w
-1.2e -a)2e
- -2e2e )0.6'
a a
0.6'
) 0.6'
cc c
k ktoto
kbetobedetermined
bedetermined
determined ininaccordance
inaccordance
accordance with
with
with
AS3600-2009
AS3600-2009
AS3600-2009
Cl.11.4
Cl.11.4
Cl.11.4
Eccentricity
Eccentricity
Eccentricity
e etoto
ebetobedetermined
bedetermined
determined ininaccordance
inaccordance
accordance
AS3600-2009
AS3600-2009
AS3600-2009 Cl.11.5.2
Cl.11.5.2
Cl.11.5.2
46
464646
DESIGNER
DESIGNER
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012
2012
2012 WALLING
WALLING
WALLING
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D2.3 AFS120 - Minimum Reinforcement
D
D
Internal (A1, A2) 0.0015
External (C1, C2, D1, D2) 0.0015 0.0015
Eccentrically 0.0015 0.0025
As a Deep beam not suitable not suitable
Steel ratios in excess of 0.02 in a single layer should not be used unless the amount and disposition of
the reinforcement will not prevent the proper placement of the concrete at splices and junction members.
In special cases the Bottom Plate can be deleted to improve Longitudinal Shear capacity and can be designed according to AS3600.
Starter Bars can be used and designed by structural engineers to achieve additional capacity.
Refer to Reinforcement Detailing Constraints in this chapter.
47
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
N12 or N16
D Top & Bottom
450
SECTION
SECTION
Opening
ELEVATION
1N12 Top & Btm, Depth (mm), 'D' 1N16 Top & Btm, Depth mm, 'D'
Span (mm) 300 450 600 900 1200 300 450 600 900 1200
3900 4.4 7.3 10.2 15.9 21.6 7.6 12.8 18.0 28.5 38.9
3600 5.2 8.6 11.9 18.6 25.4 9.0 15.1 21.2 33.4 45.6
3300 6.2 10.2 14.2 22.2 30.2 10.7 17.9 25.2 39.7 54.3
3000 7.5 12.3 17.2 26.8 36.5 12.9 21.7 30.5 48.1 63.0
2700 9.2 15.2 21.2 33.1 45.1 15.9 26.8 37.6 59.4 70.0
2400 11.7 19.2 26.8 41.9 57.1 20.1 33.9 47.6 69.9 78.8
2100 15.3 25.1 35.0 54.8 67.8 26.3 44.3 62.2 79.9 90.0
1800 20.8 34.2 47.7 67.2 79.1 35.8 60.3 81.3 93.2 105.0
1500 29.9 49.3 66.5 80.7 94.9 51.6 86.8 97.6 111.8 126.0
1200 46.7 74.2 83.1 100.8 118.6 80.6 113.1 122.0 139.7 157.7
900 83.1 98.9 110.8 134.5 158.1 118.4 150.8 162.6 186.3 210.0
Mu(kNm/m) 6.1 10.1 14.0 22.0 29.9 10.5 17.7 24.9 39.3 53.7
f.c=25 MPa, N12 Top and Bottom, 50 cover. f.c=25 MPa, N16 Top and Bottom, 50 cover.
48
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D2.7 AFS120 - FRL
D
Type mm mm kN/m (Adeq/Integ/Insul.)
D
AFS120 108 3000 233 240/240/180
FRL by AS 3600
Where design is outside the limits given in the above table FRL is to be detemined in accordance with AS 3600.
N* N*
tw = 0.35 = 0.7
Nu Nu
mm Wall exposed on Wall exposed on
Type mm One side Two sides One side Two sides
AFS120 108 30/30/90 -/-/90 -/-/90 -/-/90
49
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
AFS 150
Design
StructuralDesign
AFS150 tw Ac %
Stud Spacing 146 mm 136 52%
18mm
6mm
136mm
100mm 148mm
5000 3750 406 520 650 812 235 300 376 469
4500 3375 548 701 876 1,095 376 481 602 752
4200 3150 625 800 1,000 1,251 454 581 726 908
3900 2925 698 893 1,116 1,395 526 674 842 1,053
3600 2700 765 979 1,223 1,529 593 759 949 1,187
3300 2475 826 1,058 1,322 1,653 655 838 1,048 1,310
3000 2250 883 1,130 1,412 1,765 711 910 1,138 1,422
2700 2025 933 1,195 1,494 1,867 762 975 1,219 1,524
2400 1800 979 1,253 1,566 1,958 808 1,034 1,292 1,615
2100 1575 1,019 1,305 1,631 2,038 848 1,085 1,357 1,696
1800 1350 1,054 1,349 1,687 2,108 883 1,130 1,412 1,765
50
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D3.3 AFS150 Minimum Reinforcement
D
Location Vertical Horizontal
D
Internal (A1, A2) 0.0015
External (C1, C2, D1, D2) 0.0015 0.0015
Eccentrically 0.0015 0.0025
As a Deep beam not suitable not suitable
Steel ratios in excess of 0.02 in a single layer should not be used unless the amount and disposition of
the reinforcement will not prevent the proper placement of the concrete at splices and junction members.
In special cases the Bottom Plate can be deleted to improve Longitudinal Shear capacity and can be designed according to AS3600.
Starter Bars can be used and designed by structural engineers to achieve additional capacity.
Refer to Reinforcement Detailing Constraints in this chapter.
51
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
N12 or N16
D
Top & Bottom
450
SECTION
SECTION
Opening
ELEVATION
ELEVATION
1N12 Top & Btm, Depth mm, 'D' 1N16 Top & Btm, Depth mm, 'D'
Span (mm) 300 450 600 900 1200 300 450 600 900 1200
3900 4.5 7.3 10.2 15.9 21.7 7.8 13.0 18.2 28.6 39.0
3600 5.2 8.6 12.0 18.7 25.4 9.1 15.3 21.4 33.6 45.8
3300 6.2 10.2 14.2 22.2 30.2 10.9 18.2 25.4 40.0 54.5
3000 7.6 12.4 17.2 26.9 36.6 13.2 22.0 30.8 48.4 66.0
2700 9.3 15.3 21.3 33.2 45.2 16.2 27.1 38.0 59.7 81.4
2400 11.8 19.4 26.9 42.1 57.2 20.6 34.3 48.1 75.6 93.6
2100 15.4 25.3 35.2 54.9 74.7 26.9 44.8 62.8 92.8 107.0
1800 21.0 34.4 47.9 74.8 98.3 36.6 61.0 85.5 108.3 124.8
1500 30.2 49.6 69.0 98.2 118.0 52.6 87.8 110.2 130.0 149.8
1200 47.2 77.5 98.0 122.8 147.5 82.3 125.3 137.7 162.5 187.2
900 84.0 114.2 130.7 163.7 196.7 146.2 167.1 183.6 216.6 249.6
Mu(kNm/m) 6.2 10.1 14.1 22.0 29.9 10.8 18.0 25.2 39.6 54.0
f.c=25 MPa, N12 Top and Bottom, 50 cover. f.c=25 MPa, N16 Top and Bottom, 50 cover.
52
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D3.7 AFS150 FRL
D
D
AFS150 136 3000 200 240/240/180
FRL by AS 3600
Where design is outside the limits given in the above table FRL is to be detemined in accordance with AS 3600.
N* N*
tw = 0.35 = 0.7
Nu Nu
mm Wall exposed on Wall exposed on
Type mm One side Two sides One side Two sides
AFS150 136 90/90/120 60/60/120 60/60/120 30/30/120
53
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign AFS 162
AFS162 tw Ac %
Stud Spacing 146 mm 150 47.2%
6mm
25mm
150mm
100mm 162mm
6mm
200mm 200mm 170mm
30mm 50mm 25mm
30mm
6000 4500 297 380 475 594 108 138 173 216
5000 3750 594 760 950 1,188 405 518 648 810
4500 3375 722 924 1,156 1,445 533 683 853 1,067
4200 3150 793 1,015 1,268 1,585 604 773 966 1,207
3900 2925 358 1,099 1,373 1,717 669 857 1,071 1,339
3600 2700 919 1,176 1,471 1,838 730 935 1,168 1,460
3300 2475 975 1,248 1,560 1,950 786 1,006 1,258 1,572
3000 2250 1,026 1,313 1,642 2,052 837 1,071 1,339 1,674
2700 2025 1,072 1,372 1,715 2,144 883 1,130 1,413 1,766
2400 1800 1,113 1,425 1,782 2,227 924 1,183 1,479 1,849
2100 1575 1,150 1,472 1,840 2,300 961 1,230 1,537 1,922
1800 1350 1,182 1,512 1,890 2,363 993 1,270 1,588 1,985
54
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D4.3 AFS162 Minimum Reinforcement
D
Location Vertical Horizontal
D
Internal (A1, A2) 0.0015
External (C1, C2, D1, D2) 0.0015 0.0015
Eccentrically 0.0015 0.0025
As a Deep beam AS3600 Sect 12 AS3600 Sect 12
Steel ratios in excess of 0.02 in a single layer should not be used unless the amount and disposition of
the reinforcement will not prevent the proper placement of the concrete at splices and junction members.
In special cases the Bottom Plate can be deleted to improve Longitudinal Shear capacity and can be designed according to AS3600.
Starter Bars can be used and designed by structural engineers to achieve additional capacity.
Refer to Reinforcement Detailing Constraints in this chapter.
55
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
N12 or N16
D
Top & Bottom
450
SECTION
Opening
ELEVATION
N12 Top & Btm, Depth mm, 'D' N16 Top & Btm, Depth mm, 'D'
Span (mm) 300 450 600 900 1200 300 450 600 900 1200
3900 4.5 7.4 10.2 15.9 21.7 7.8 13.1 18.3 28.7 39.1
3600 5.3 8.6 12.0 18.7 25.4 9.2 15.3 21.4 33.7 45.9
3300 6.3 10.3 14.3 22.3 30.3 11.0 18.2 25.5 40.0 54.6
3000 7.6 12.4 17.3 26.9 36.6 13.3 22.1 30.9 48.5 66.1
2700 9.4 15.3 21.3 33.3 45.2 16.4 27.2 38.1 59.8 81.6
2400 11.9 19.4 27.0 42.1 57.2 20.7 34.5 48.2 75.7 92.8
2100 15.5 25.4 35.2 55.0 74.8 27.1 45.0 63.0 91.9 106.0
1800 21.1 34.5 48.0 74.9 97.8 36.8 61.3 85.7 107.2 123.8
1500 30.4 49.7 69.1 97.5 117.4 53.0 88.2 108.9 128.7 148.5
1200 47.4 77.7 97.1 121.9 146.7 82.9 123.7 136.1 160.9 185.6
900 84.3 113.0 129.5 162.6 195.6 147.3 164.9 181.4 214.5 247.5
Mu(kNm/m) 6.2 10.2 14.1 22.0 30.0 10.8 18.0 25.2 39.6 54.0
f.c=25 MPa, N12 Top and Bottom, 50 cover. f.c=25 MPa, N16 Top and Bottom, 50 cover.
56
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Struc
tw H.we max N* max FRL
D
Type mm mm kN/m (Adeq/Integ/Insul.)
AFS162 150 3000 200 240/240/240
* FRLs determined by CSIRO Fire Test Number FS3637/2585 (This test was conducted on AFS150 and can be applied to AFS162 in
accordance with AS 1530.4 - Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures - Section 3.9 - Permissible
Structural Design
Structural Design
variations to the tested specimen.
* Refer to chapter L - Certification to view CSIRO Test Certificates and report FCO-3084.
D
Type mm mm N* kN/m N*
(Adeq/Integ/Insul.)
D
tw = 0.35 = 0.7
AFS162 150 3000 Nu 200 Nu
240/240/240
mmTest Number FS3637/2585
* FRLs determined by CSIRO Fire Wall(This
exposed
test wason
conducted on AFS150 and Wall
can beexposed on in
applied to AFS162
accordance
Typewith AS 1530.4 - mmMethods for fire tests
Oneonside
building materials,
Twocomponents
sides and structures
One side- Section 3.9 -Two
Permissible
sides
variations to the tested specimen.
AFS162 150 120/120/180 90/90/180 90/90/180 60/60/180
* Refer to chapter L - Certification to view CSIRO Test Certificates and report FCO-3084.
FRL by AS 3600
Where design is outside the limits given in the above table FRL is to be detemined in accordance with AS 3600.
D4.8 AFS162 - In-Plane Shear Along Stud
N* N*
tw = 0.35 = 0.7
In-Plane Shear along
NStud
u Plane (Vu kn/m) Nu
Hor Reo pw mm 25 MPa Wall exposed
32 MPa on
40 MPa 50 MPa Wall exposed on
Type
N12@400 0.0018 mm 121 One127
side 134Two sides 141 One side Two sides
AFS162
N16@400 0.0033 150 179 120/120/180
186 19290/90/180 200 90/90/180 60/60/180
N12@200 0.0037 192 199 205 213
N20@400 0.0052 248 260 266 274
N16@200 0.0067 248 316 322 330
D4.8 AFS162 - In-Plane Shear Along Stud
N24@400 0.0075 248 317 356 363
N20@200 0.0105 248 317 396 478
N24@200 0.0151 In-Plane
248 Shear317
along Stud396
Plane (Vu kn/m)
496
Hor Reo pw 25 MPa 32 MPa 40 MPa 50 MPa
Walls as Deep Beams to be designed in accordance with AS3600 Sect 12 Design of Non-Flexural Members with additional check for
N12@400
Vertical 0.0018
Shear Along Stud. 121 127 134 141
N16@400 0.0033 179 186 192 200
N12@200 0.0037 192 199 205 213
N20@400 0.0052 248 260 266 274
N16@200 0.0067 248 316 322 330
N24@400 0.0075 248 317 356 363
N20@200 0.0105 248 317 396 478
N24@200 0.0151 248 317 396 496
Walls as Deep Beams to be designed in accordance with AS3600 Sect 12 Design of Non-Flexural Members with additional check for
57
Vertical Shear Along Stud.
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
57
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign AFS 200
AFS200 tw Ac %
Stud Spacing 146 mm 188 50.0%
6mm
33mm
134mm
188mm
200mm
33mm
200mm 166mm
50mm
200mm 200mm 200mm
6mm
D5.2 AFS200 Axial Capacity
H wu
H wu
58
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D5.3 AFS200 Minimum Reinforcement
D
D
Internal (A1, A2) 0.0015
External (C1, C2, D1, D2) 0.0015 0.0015
Eccentrically 0.0015 0.0025
As a Deep beam AS3600 Sect 12 AS3600 Sect 12
Steel ratios in excess of 0.02 in a single layer should not be used unless the amount and disposition of the reinforcement will not
prevent the proper placement of the concrete at splices and at junction members.
59
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
DD Structural
N12 or N16
D
Top & Bottom
450
SECTION
Opening
ELEVATION
Type
AFS200
f'c tw spunch Nlayers Ac Web Max.Hor Align. twshear kco
25 MPa 188 200 1 50% 0.55 N20 100% 188 0.75 0.25
1N12 Top & Btm, Depth (mm) 1N16 Top & Btm, Depth (mm)
Span (mm) 300 450 600 900 1200 300 450 600 900 1200
deff 200 350 500 800 1100 200 350 500 800 1100
3900 6.1 10.9 15.7 25.2 34.8 10.8 19.5 28.2 45.5 47.2
3600 7.2 12.8 18.4 29.6 40.8 12.7 22.9 33.1 51.2 51.2
3300 8.6 15.2 21.9 35.2 48.6 15.1 27.3 39.4 55.8 55.8
3000 10.4 18.4 26.5 42.6 58.8 18.3 33.0 47.6 61.4 61.4
2700 12.8 22.8 32.7 52.6 68.2 22.6 40.7 58.8 68.2 68.2
2400 16.2 28.8 41.4 63.5 76.8 28.6 51.5 68.4 76.8 76.8
2100 21.2 37.6 54.1 72.6 87.7 37.4 67.3 78.2 87.7 87.7
1800 28.8 51.2 65.0 84.7 102.4 50.9 81.4 91.2 102.4 102.4
1500 41.5 66.1 78.0 101.7 122.8 73.2 97.6 109.5 122.8 122.8
1200 64.9 82.7 97.5 127.1 153.5 107.2 122.0 136.9 153.5 153.5
900 90.5 110.2 130.0 169.4 204.7 143.0 162.7 182.5 204.7 204.7
Limited by shear
60
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D5.7 AFS200 FRL
D
Type mm mm kN/m (Adeq/Integ/Insul.)
D
AFS200 188 3000 200 240/240/240
* FRLs determined by CSIRO Fire Test Number FS3637/2585 This test was conducted on AFS150 and can be applied to AFS200 in
accordance with AS 1530.4 - Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures - Section 3.9 - Permissible
variations to the tested specimen.
* Refer to chapter L Certification to view CSIRO Test Certificates and report FCO-3004.
Type
AFS200
tw spunch Nlayers Ac Align. Max.Hor Min reo Max Spacing twshear kco
188 200 1 50% 100% N20 0.0025 350 188 0.75 0.25
61
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
AFS 200D
Design
StructuralDesign
AFS200D tw Ac %
Stud Spacing 146 mm 188 50%
6mm
33mm
134mm
188mm
200mm
33mm
200mm 166mm
50mm
200mm 200mm 200mm
6mm
D6.2 AFS200D Axial Capacity
H wu
H wu
62
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D6.3 AFS200D Minimum Reinforcement
Minimum Reinforcement for Reinforced Walls: (p) = Ast / Aconc
D
D
Internal (A1, A2) 0.0015
External (C1, C2, D1, D2) 0.0015 0.0015
Eccentrically 0.0015 0.0025
As a Deep beam AS3600 Sect 12 AS3600 Sect 12
Steel ratios in excess of 0.02 in a single layer should not be used unless the amount and disposition of the reinforcement will not
prevent the proper placement of the concrete at splices and at junction members.
63
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
N12 or N16
D
Top & Bottom
450
SECTION
Opening
ELEVATION
2N12 Top & Btm, Depth (mm) 2N16 Top & Btm, Depth (mm)
Capacity of Standard Lintels with Vertical Studs- UDL (w* kN/m)
Span can
Capacity (mm)be increased
300with additional
450 reinforcement
600 or as composite
900 1200with slab.
L beam 300 450 600 900 1200
3900 8.8 14.5 20.2 31.7 43.1 15.0 25.4 35.9 56.7 73.8
3600 2N12 Top 17.0
10.3 & Btm, Depth
23.7 (mm) 37.2
D 50.6 2N16 Top29.9
17.6 & Btm, Depth
42.1 (mm)
66.5D 83.0
3300D 300 12.3 450 20.3 600 28.3 900 44.3 1200 60.3 300 21.0 450 35.5 60050.1 90079.2 1200
87.3
deff
3000 200 14.8 350 24.5 500 34.2 800 53.6 1100 67.0 200 25.4 350 43.0 50060.6 80088.1 1100
96.0
Span
2700 18.3 30.3 42.2 65.7 74.4 31.4 53.1 74.8 97.9 106.6
(mm)
2400 23.2 38.3 53.4 73.9 83.8 39.7 67.2 94.7 110.1 120.0
3900 11.8 21.4 30.9 47.2 47.2 20.2 37.5 47.2 47.2 47.2
2100 30.3 50.0 69.8 84.4 95.7 51.8 84.6 112.8 125.8 137.1
3600 13.9 25.1 36.3 51.2 51.2 23.7 44.1 51.2 51.2 51.2
1800 41.2 68.1 98.585.4 111.7 65.8 98.7 131.6 146.8 160.0
3300 16.5 29.9 43.2
55.8 55.8 28.2 52.4 55.8 55.8 55.8
1500 59.4 94.5 102.4 118.2 134.0 79.0 118.4 157.9 176.2 192.0
3000 20.0 36.1 52.3 61.4 61.4 34.1 61.4 61.4 61.4 61.4
1200 92.7 118.2 128.0 147.8 167.5 98.7 148.1 197.4 220.2 240.0
2700 24.7 44.6 64.5 68.2 68.2 42.1 68.2 68.2 68.2 68.2
900 131.6 157.5 170.7 197.0 223.3 131.6 197.4 263.2 293.6 319.9
2400 31.3 56.5 72.8 76.8 76.8 53.3 76.8 76.8 76.8 76.8
Mu(kNm/m) 12.1 20.1 28.0 43.8 59.7 20.8 35.2 49.6 78.4 107.2
2100 40.8 73.7 83.2 87.7 87.7 69.6 87.7 87.7 87.7 87.7
f.c=25 MPa, N12 Top & Bottom, 50 cover. f.c=25 MPa, N16 Top & Bottom, 50 cover.
1800 55.6 87.2 97.1 102.4 102.4 94.8 102.4 102.4 102.4 102.4
* Additional
1500 reinforcement
80.0 and 104.6
ligatures can 116.5
be used in lintels
122.8where additional
122.8 capacity is required122.8
122.8 or where lintel is designed122.8
122.8 as a T beam.
122.8
1200 116.0 130.8 145.6 153.5 153.5 153.5 153.5 153.5 153.5 153.5
900 154.7 174.4 194.1 204.7 204.7 204.7 204.7 204.7 204.7 204.7
limited by shear
64
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural D
D6.7 AFS200D FRL
D
Type mm mm kN/m (Adeq/Integ/Insul.)
AFS200D 188 3000 200 240/240/240
Structural Design
Structural Design
* FRLs determined by CSIRO Fire Test Number FS3637/2585 This test was conducted on AFS150 and can be applied to AFS200D in
accordance with AS 1530.4 - Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures - Section 3.9 - Permissible
D6.7to theAFS200D
variations FRL
tested specimen.
* Refer to chapter L Certification to view CSIRO Test Certificates and report FCO-3084.
tw Hwe max N* max FRL
D
FRL byType
AS 3600 mm mm kN/m (Adeq/Integ/Insul.)
D
WhereAFS200D
design is outside the limits
188given in the above3000
table FRL is to be detemined
200 in accordance with AS240/240/240
3600.
Walls as Deep Beams to be designed in accordance with AS3600 Sect 12 Design of Non-Flexural Members with additional check for
Vertical Shear Along Stud.
65
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
65
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign AFS 262D
AFS262D tw Ac %
6mm
19.5mm
Stud Spacing 146 mm 250 50%
262mm
211mm
250mm
19.5mm
50mm
6mm
200mm 200mm 160mm
66
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D7.3 AFS262D Minimum Reinforcement
Minimum Reinforcement for Reinforced Walls: (p) = Ast / Aconc
D
D
Internal (A1, A2) 0.0015
External (C1, C2, D1, D2) 0.0015 0.0015
Eccentrically 0.0015 0.0025
As a Deep beam AS3600 Sect 12 AS3600 Sect 12
Steel ratios in excess of 0.02 in a single layer should not be used unless the amount and disposition of the reinforcement will not
prevent the proper placement of the concrete at splices and at junction members.
In special cases the Bottom Plate can be deleted to improve Longitudinal Shear capacity and can be designed according to AS3600.
Starter Bars can be used and designed by structural engineers to achieve additional capacity.
Refer to Reinforcement Detailing Constraints in this chapter.
67
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
N12 or N16
D
Top & Bottom
450
SECTION
Opening
ELEVATION
2N12 Top & Btm, Depth mm 'D' 2N16 Top & Btm, Depth mm 'D'
Span (mm) 300 450 600 900 1200 300 450 600 900 1200
3900 8.9 14.6 20.4 31.8 43.3 15.5 25.9 36.3 57.1 78.0
3600 10.5 17.2 23.9 37.4 50.8 18.2 30.4 42.6 67.0 91.5
3300 12.5 20.5 28.5 44.5 60.5 21.6 36.2 50.7 79.8 108.9
3000 15.1 24.7 34.4 53.8 73.1 26.1 43.7 61.3 96.5 131.7
2700 18.6 30.5 42.5 66.4 90.3 32.3 54.0 75.7 119.2 155.6
2400 23.5 38.7 53.8 84.0 114.3 40.8 68.3 95.8 150.8 175.0
2100 30.7 50.5 70.3 109.8 149.3 53.4 89.3 125.2 175.0 200.0
1800 41.8 68.7 95.6 149.4 180.8 72.6 121.5 170.4 204.2 233.3
1500 60.3 99.0 137.7 182.0 217.0 104.6 175.0 210.0 245.0 280.0
1200 94.2 154.7 183.8 227.5 271.3 163.4 240.6 262.5 306.3 350.0
900 167.4 215.8 245.0 303.3 361.7 290.5 320.8 350.0 408.3 466.7
Mu(kNm/m) 12.3 20.2 28.2 44.0 59.8 21.4 35.8 50.2 79.0 107.8
f.c=25 MPa, N12 Top and Bottom, 50 cover. f.c=25 MPa, N16 Top and Bottom, 50 cover.
68
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
D7.7 AFS262D FRL
Structur
tw H.we max N* max FRL
D
Type mm mm kN/m (Adeq/Integ/Insul.)
AFS262D 250 3000 200 240/240/240
Structural Design
Structural Design
* FRLs determined by CSIRO Fire Test Number FS3637/2585 This test was conducted on AFS150 and can be applied to AFS262D in
accordance with AS 1530.4 - Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures - Section 3.9 - Permissible
variations to the tested specimen.
D7.7
* Refer AFS262D
to chapter FRL
L Certification to view CSIRO Test Certificates and report FCO-3084.
FRL by AS 3600
tw H.we max N* max FRL
Where design is outside the limits given in the above table FRL is to be detemined in accordance with AS 3600.
D
Type mm mm kN/m (Adeq/Integ/Insul.)
D
AFS262D 250 3000 N* 200 240/240/240
N*
tw = 0.35 = 0.7
Nu Nu
* FRLs determined by CSIRO Fire Test Number FS3637/2585 This test was conducted on AFS150 and can be applied to AFS262D in
accordance with AS 1530.4 - mm Methods for fire tests onWall exposed
building materials,on Wall
components and structures exposed
- Section 3.9 - on
Permissible
variations to the tested specimen.
Type mm One side Two sides One side Two sides
* Refer to chapter L Certification to view CSIRO Test Certificates and report FCO-3084.
AFS262D 250 240/240/240 240/240/240 120/120/240 120/120/240
FRL by AS 3600
D7.8
Where design isAFS262D - In-Plane
outside the limits Shear
given in the above table Along Stud
FRL is to be detemined in accordance with AS 3600.
Walls as Deep Beams to be designed in accordance with AS3600 Sect 12 Design of Non-Flexural Members with additional check for
Vertical Shear Along Stud. 69
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
69
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
Design
Design
Structural
D8 Fire Resistance
Structural
D8 Fire Resistance
DD D Structural
FRL by AS 3600
FRL by AS 3600
Where design is outside the limits given in the above table FRL is to be detemined in accordance with AS 3600.
Where design is outside the limits given in the above table FRL is to be detemined in accordance with AS 3600.
Where calculating structural capacity for a fire load the area of the exposed stud flange is to be excluded.
Where calculating structural capacity for a fire load the area of the exposed stud flange is to be excluded.
AS3600 FRL(Ade/Int/Ins#2) Exposed 1 side
#1
CI 5.8.1 30/30/180to AS3600
FRL (Adequacy/Integrity/Insulation) 60/60/180 90/90/180 120/120/180 180/180/240 240/240/240
FRL (Adequacy/Integrity/Insulation) to AS3600
Wall tfire N*f/Nu N*f/Nu N*f/Nu N*f/Nu N*f/Nu N*f/Nu
Fig AFS120
D8.2 120 0.70 0.53 * 0.35 0.18
Fig D8.2 N* N**
AFS150 145 t w 0.70 0.70N = 0.350.70 0.25 N = 0.7
tw Nu = 0.35 Nu = 0.7
AFS162 160 0.70 0.70 Nu 0.70 0.70 Nu
mm Wall exposed on Wall exposed on
AFS200 200 mm 0.70 Wall
0.70 exposed 0.70
on 0.70 Wall0.58
exposed on
Type mm One side Two sides One side Two sides
Type
AFS200D 200 mm 0.70 0.70
One side 0.70sides
Two 0.70 One side 0.58 Two sides
AFS120 108 30/30/90 -/-/90 -/-/90 -/-/90
AFS120
AFS262D 260 108 0.70 0.70
30/30/90 0.70
-/-/90 0.70 -/-/90 0.70 0.62
-/-/90
AFS150 136 90/90/120 60/60/120 60/60/120 30/30/120
AFS150 136 90/90/120 60/60/120 60/60/120 30/30/120
AFS162
AS3600 FRL(Ade/Int/Ins 150
#2
) Exposed 2 120/120/180
sides 90/90/180 90/90/180 60/60/180
AFS162 150 120/120/180 90/90/180 90/90/180 60/60/180
AFS200 188 180/180/240 120/120/240 120/120/240 90/90/240
AFS200 #1
CI 5.8.1 188 30/30/180180/180/240
60/60/180 90/90/180
120/120/240 120/120/180 180/180/240 90/90/240
120/120/240 240/240/240
AFS200D 188 180/180/240 120/120/240 120/120/240 90/90/240
Wall
AFS200D tfire 188 N*f/Nu 180/180/240
N*f/Nu N*f/Nu
120/120/240 N*f/Nu N*f/Nu 90/90/240
120/120/240 N*f/Nu
AFS262D 250 240/240/240 240/240/240 120/120/240 120/120/240
AFS262D
AFS120 120 250 0.70 240/240/240
0.35 240/240/240 120/120/240 120/120/240
AFS150 145 0.70 0.70 0.43 0.11
AFS162 160 0.70 0.70 0.61 0.35
AFS200 200 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.64 0.35 0.06
AFS200D 200 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.64 0.35 0.06
AFS262D 260 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.65 0.40
#1
CI 5.8.1: tfire = tw + 0.75 x tFCsheet rounded up to nearest 5mm
#2
FRP Insulation based on CSIRO Fire Tests
70
70 DESIGNER 2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D9 Wall Properties
D
D
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm4x103) Mpa mm2/m
Type kco
AFS120 146 108 120 70 63.69 164.2 47.1% 300 502 0.741 0.235
AFS150 146 136 148 100 68.09 276.5 52.3% 300 502 0.756 0.260
AFS162 146 150 162 100 75.79 358.4 47.2% 300 502 0.742 0.236
AFS200 146 188 200 134 77.99 602.9 50.0% 300 502 0.750 0.250
AFS200D 146 188 200 134 77.99 602.9 50.0% 300 502 0.750 0.250
AFS262D 146 250 262 211 115.39 1303.5 49.5% 300 502 0.750 0.250
k = 1.00 k = 0.75
an additional eccentricity
71
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
The flexural strength of AFS LOGICWALL is obtained by the stud flanges acting as reinforcement therefore from classic beam theory ignoring
axial forces and any vertical reinforcement:
M
u
= fstud tw A
where:
flange
(
1-0.6
Aflange
btw
fstud
Fc )
:= 0.6 the strength reduction factor
Mu Ultimate flexural capacity
fstud yield strength of vertical suds
Aflange Area of stud flange
f'c Characteristic strength of concrete
Since the stud flanges are potentially exposed to fire they can only be used for Wind Loads in accordance with AS/NZS1170.2.
If flexural capacity other than Wind Loads is required then the wall may be reinforced and designed as a normal reinforced concrete wall.
AFS LOGICWALL shall be reinforced and designed in accordance with AS3600-2009 CI. 11.5 Design of walls for In Plane Horizontal Forces
with an additional check for failure along this shear plane limiting maximum shear stress in accordance with AS3600-2009 CI. 8.4 Longitudinal
Shear in Beams.
Equation D13.1
Where
tu = unit shear strength
gp = permanent distributed load normal to the shear interface per unit length,
newtons per millimetre (N/mm)
= coefficient of friction given in AS3600 Table 8.4.3
kco = cohesion coefficient given in AS3600 Table 8.4.3
bf = width of the shear plane, in millimetres (mm)
Asf = area of fully anchored shear reinforcement crossing the interface (mm2)
fsy = yield strength of shear reinforcement not exceeding 500 MPa
s = spacing of anchored shear reinforcement crossing interface
72
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
AFS 150
AFS 150 AFS 262D
Structural Design
Structural Design
262mm
210mm
o/a
o/a o/a
t
w
w
t t
w
D
D
Punch Hole
Punch
with lipHole
around
with lip around
perimeter
perimeter
Monolithic concrete
Monolithic
though punchconcrete
area
though
=0.9, kpunch
co
area
=0.5
u4=0.9, kco =0.5
Steel stud with lip
Steel studatwith
interlock ovallip
interlock
punch at oval
=0.6, kco=0.2
punch u4=0.6, kco =0.2
The shear plane coefficients have been selected from AS3600 TbI 8.4.4. with 5 reduced due to differential shrinkage and tensile stress in
accordance with AS3600 clause 8.4.4. These values should be conservative as the lip around the opening will increase interlock. These values
will be reviewed as test results become available.
Equation D13.2
Vuf. vert = [ As s
]
fsy +kco tw (0.4 fc MPa ) 0.2fc tw
where:
Vuf.vert Shear capacity along studs, kN/m
:=0.6(1AC)+0.9 AC
kco :=0.0(1AC)+0.4 AC
Ac is the % Area of concrete contact through the vertical studs
s horizontal spacing of reinforcement through the stud
73
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
r
*
Shea
e
Plan
V horiz
H wu
*
V vert
s stud
L wu
The strength of the AFS LOGICWALL for in-plane horizontal shear is given by:
(Vu = Vuc + Vus) 0.2fctw AS3600 [Cl 11.5.3]
The use of AFS LOGICWALL for shear with is not recommended. If are used then
additional checks will be needed for the in-plane bending induced in the wall by the shear forces on the wall.
where:
Vu Ultimate in plane horizontal shear capacity. kN/m
pw Shall be the lesser of the ratios of either the vertical reinforcement area or the horizontal
reinforcement area to the cross-sectional area of wall in the respective direction.
The capacity above is limited by the vertical shear component of the racking forces.
74
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D15 Horizontal Bottom Plate Shear Plane
Horizontal bottom plate shear is calculated using the same method by assuming a shear plane along the bottom of the stud. Except
in this case there are no openings.
D
D
kco
: = 0.6
kco : = 0.0
As cross-sectional area of starters crossing the bottom plate shear plane
Note: If necessary the bottom plate can be deleted to improve longitudinal shear capacity.
D16 Lintels
Lintel tables have been prepared based on the un-reinforced bending and shear capacity. If additional capacity is required then
the Lintel should be designed and detailed to suit.
A number of options are available for using AFS LOGICWALL as formwork for deep beams or transfer walls. Some of these are
shown in the following examples.
Transfer walls allow the transfer of heavy loads from floors above to supporting columns or supporting beams below. These
walls are designed in accordance with AS3600 Section Design of Non-Flexural Members, End Zones and Bearing Surfaces.
Additional checks are to be made for Vertical Shear Plane failure at the stud, longitudinal shear at the top and bottom of the wall,
development lengths, bearing and congestion.
Use of AFS LOGICWALL in the design of deep beams should only be undertaken by experienced engineers with a good
understanding of all aspects of deep beam design. The engineer should examine issues such as construction sequence, build-
ability, congestion, services, detailing.
Where AS3600 calls for two layers of reinforcement AFS LOGICWALL has two options.
a) AFS200D
b) AFS262D
75
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
_
* Example I
D17.1 _I Transfer Wall
w
*
DD Structural
Inside edge
Starter 100% L dt
of cog
Bars T * bars
Bearing
SECTION ELEVATION
In this example the tension tie reinforcement is located in the bottom of the wall to transfer the loads from above.
The slab below is self supporting.
Pros Cons
Slab is self supporting minimizing or Congestion limits load capacity
eliminating need for propping
Bottom plate shear minimized Bar development length restricted
__
_I_I
w
* w
*
Suspension
reinforcement w suspended slab
L dt
Bearing
T * bars
SECTION ELEVATION
In this example the tension tie reinforcement is located within the slab. The slab below is supported by the wall and will need
suspension reinforcement detailed.
Pros Cons
Extra tension tie reinforcement can be Slab requires temporary propping
used to increase load capacity
Tension tie reinforcement Bottom plate starter bars need to be
development length not restricted designed for transfer shear stresses
Avoids congestion and large horizontal
bars in walls
76
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D17.3 Transfer Wall Example III
D
D
In this example the tension tie reinforcement is located within the wall. The slab below maybe supported by a small beam to suit
construction requirements.
Pros Cons
Slab is self supporting minimizing or Congestion limits load capacity
eliminating need for propping
Bottom plate shear minimized Bar development length restricted
Other combinations are possible like relocating the tension tie reinforcement from the wall in D17.3 to the beam similar to D17.2.
Multiple levels of walls can be combined to provide deeper transfer beams and extend the possible spans but require careful
detailing and consideration of construction sequences . For typical spans usually only one level needs to be designed as a
transfer wall.
77
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
AFS LOGICWALL can be used as permanent formwork for economical deep beams. Their design as deep beams is controlled by;
Achieving adequate development lengths for the main tension reinforcement.
Placement of reinforcement at the stud cutouts and avoiding congestion.
H
orizontal tension tie reinforcement can only be cogged the other end to allow installation from one end of the walls. AS3600
requires that tension ties not be lapped in the tension zone instead full strength couplers would be needed if bars are to be
joined. For ease of construction only single length tension ties are beneficial.
M
aximising length of bearing to reduce bearing, strut and shear stresses. Bearing length can be increased by using drop
panels, thicker slab, band beams.
Additional storeys can be used to increase span and load capacity of deep beams. The detailing at each floor will need adequate
continuity bars through the slab into the wall as starter bars.
Typically multiple levels of AFS walls will span an opening. Normally only the lower one or two levels are designed as deep beams.
This simplifies the design and construction as additional documentation and reinforcement is limited to the lower walls. Propping
can also be removed earlier avoiding staged construction design. In the final construction state this is conservative as effective
depth of the deep beam is greater.
The following is an example of a Type I idealized Strut and Tie Design Model utilising a Fan Strut to support uniformly distributed
design load. Design of Non-flexural Members should only be undertaken by experienced engineers familiar with Strut and Tie
design in accordance with AS3600 Section 12 or other appropriate references.
w*
CCC Node
TYPE I
(b) Fan Strut (no bursting forces)
H
Tension Tie CCT Node
In order to calculate the loads we need to select some preliminary trial values for the effective length of bearing on the slab
and the depth of the compression strut at the top of Ihe wall The value of the bearing length will be adjusted until we achieve
acceptable design stresses. An allowance is also included for the tension tie to be raised above the bottom of the wall, this will
lb
allow the centroid of the tension tie bars to be raised since the location of the cutouts and the bars selected may result in aBeam/Capital
higher
placement within the wall. lb
column L clear
1bearing = 520 mm Length of bearing below wall column
L supported
dcomp := 62 mm Depth of compression strut at top of wall
lb dbase := Length
l00 mmof bearing below wall
The distance from the slab to the bottom of the tension tie
dbase The distance from the slab to the bottom of the tension tie
H Floor - Floor Height
Lclear Clear Span
78
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D18 Example continued
Note that the vertical loads beyond the bearing length being considered will transfer vertically direct to the column below and will
not be included in the calculation of strut and tie forces. The reaction on the bearing length at the slab level will be
D
RL ::=u (0.5 Lclear tslab + lbearing )
D
R L = wu (0.5 Lsupported ) or 842.5kN or 842.5 kN
A2
fbearing = b 0.85 f c A2< b 2 f c Allowable bearing at support.
fbearing = b 0.9 fc A1 < b 1.8 fc Allowable bearing at support. [ 12.6 ]
A A1
with 2 = 1 fbearing = 20.4 MPa
A1
By geometry or calculation weRcan determine the depth of the tension tie zone at the bottom of the wall and by statics the load in
fbearing
the tension tie. := tension
Minimum
L
fbearing
tie reo will require = 9.679
additional MPa
checks for crack control:
lbearing tw
Tu
Atie :=
By geometry or calculation we can determine the depth of the tension tie zone at the bottom of the wall dtens=229 mm, and by
st f y
statics the load in the tension tie Tu=503 kN. Minimum tension tie reo will require additional checks for crack control:
The maximum strut stress occurs at edge of the bearing surface. The vertical component of this stress is simply the reaction over
Tu Resolving this to diagonal stress2at the edge gives:
the horizontal bearing surface.
Atie := Atie = 1438 mm Adopt 4N24-200 HOR BTM.
st f y
fstrut = stbs 0.9 fc Ac [ 7.2.3 ]
The maximum strut stress occurs at edge of the bearing surface. The vertical component of this stress is simply the reaction over
the horizontal bearing surface. Resolving this to diagonal stress at the edge gives:
1
bs := [ 7.2.2 ]
1.0 + 0.66 cot2q
RL 1
f strut .max.
within v := 0.3 < b 1.0
limits f strut .max.v = 9.5 Mpa
lbearing + dbase tw
s
79
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
St
Finally check the development length of the tension tie reinforcement is adequate. For this wall we will use a standard cog to give
D half L.sy. with the remainder being the length from the standard cog to the left hand side of the assumed bearing surface.
1
=k1 1,= k2 2.4,= Ab : 450 mm 2 , a := (150 24) mm, db := 24 mm
2
0.5k1k3 f sy db
Lsy.tb = 29 k1db Lsy = 600 mm
Design
k2 f ' c
StructuralDesign
Lavailable
=: 1000 mm lbearing + t slab 25 mm 8 db Lavailable = 413 mm
D18 Example continued
DD Structural
Finally check the development length of the tension tie reinforcement is adequate. For this
adequate with wall 50%
at least we will use a standard
extending beyond cog to give
the node
usingL.sy.
half eitherLstraight
withsythe bar L
0.5
remainder =
orsystandard
being mm
300thecogs. Okfrom
length . orthemechanical
Welded anchorages
standard cog to the leftare notside
hand normally
of theused. [ 7.3.3
assumed ]
bearing surface.
1
= k1 1,= k2 2.4,= Ab : 450 mm 2 , a := (150 24) mm, db := 24 mm
D19 Reinforcement Requirements 2
0.5k1k3 f sy db
Lsycells
The individual 29kallow
.tb =within AFS LOGICWALL 1d b horizontal shrinkage
Lsy = 600 mm movements in the concrete with the internal
and thermal
k f
studs acting as crack inducers.
2 '
This
c allows AFS LOGICWALL to provide crack control without additional reinforcement. The vertical
studs can beL=
considered as nonmm
: 1000 fire-rated
l vertical
+ treinforcement.
25 mm 8 d Lavailable = 413 mm
available bearing slab b
For fire-rated reinforced walls to AS3600 11.6.1 use minimum vertical reinforcement ratio (pw) of 0.0015 or the value required by
Using a standard cog then the development length required is:
structural analysis.
Due to the presence of the steel studs in AFS LOGICWALL steel congestion should be avoided to facilitate adequate compaction
of concrete.LAs Lsy =
0.5 steel
sy aguide 300inmm
ratios excessOk
of .0.02 in a single layer should not be used unless the amount and disposition of the
reinforcement will not prevent the proper placement and compaction of the concrete at splices and at junctions of members.
Horizontal reinforcement may be reduced to zero for walls supporting vertical loads only where the wall is designed for one way
buckling and the studs act as crack inducers for removing restraint against horizontal shrinkage or thermal movement.
Notes: AS3600 does not recognise the use of plain concrete in wall elements, though some International standards offer
guidance in this area. Use of AFS LOGICWALL walls unreinforced will require reference to other codes such as ACI 318 and
BS8110.1 where it can be shown that no tensile forces result from any load combination of bending and compression.
80
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D21 Earthquake Actions
D
D
Stiff components (such as concrete, masonry, brick, precast concrete walls or panels or stairwells, stairs and ramps)
shall be
(a) considered to be part of the seismic-force-resisting system and designed accordingly;
or
(b) separated from all structural elements such that no interaction takes place as the structure undergoes
deflections due to the earthquake effects determined in accordance with this Standard.
Note: The above provisions are considered to also apply to the use of non-ductile plain concrete members and the designer of
un-reinforced AFS LOGICWALL walls shall consider these in the design. In addition AS3700 provides guidance restricting the
AFS 120
use of unreinforced masonry (non-ductile walls) for tall buildings. We would recommend AS3700-2001 Amendment No 3 Table
AA3 be considered for AFS LOGICWALL walls.
AS3700-2001 Amendment No 3 Table AA3 Height Limits for Buildings with Load bearing Unreinforced Masonry
(non-ductile) to a maximum height ranging from 10 to 15 metres.
For heavy loaded walls where reinforcement content is high, it is critical that reinforcement is detailed carefully to avoid
congestion within the wall which creates difficulties when core filling and may result in voids or insufficient concrete compaction.
When detailing reinforcement to be placed in AFS LOGICWALL the following constraints must be noted.
200mm
200mm
30mm
170mm
30mm
50mm
19mm 19mm
70mm
6mm 108mm 6mm
120mm
81
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
6mm 150mm 6mm
148mm
162mm
AFS 262D
AFS 262D
8 Stud Fig. C2.2.F 188D Stud Fig. C2.2.G 250D Stud
AFS 200D AFS 200D AFS 262DAFS 262D
Design
StructuralDesign
AFS 200D
Structural Design
200mm
200mm 200mm
200mm
200mm
200mm
NCRETE 166mm
40mm
40mm CONCRETE CONCRETE
NTACT AREA 50.0% 160mm %
CONTACT AREA 50.0160mm 160mm CONTACT AREA 49.
160mm 160mm
30mm
50mm
50mm 30mm
33mm 37mm 50mm 33mm 37mm 50mm 50mm
134mm 115mm
37mm 37mm 19.5mm
50mm 19.5mm
6mm 188mm 188mm 6mm 6mm
6mm 115mm 211mm 19.5mm 19.5mm
211mm
19.5mm 19.5mm
Detail #11
6mm 188mm 6mm 6mm 250mm 6mm211mm
200mm
200mm 6mm 250mm 6mm
Corner Reinforcement
200mm
AFS 90 Prefabricated Corner
Detail #11 6mm
262mm 250mm
262mm
6mm
262mm
Corner Reinforcement
Reinforcement
Standard inWall
corner panels is factory
Junctions fitted and consists of the
Fig D22.4 AFS 90 Prefabricated Corner
following.
Reinforcement in corner panels is factory fitted and consists of the
Single Reinforcement Carrier Walls - a single L bar is placed
following.
at minimum 200mm centres for horizontal reinforcement only.
Single
Refer Reinforcement
to structural Carrier
engineers details Walls - a single L bar is placed
/ requirements.
at minimum 200mm centres for horizontal reinforcement only.
Refer to structural engineers details / requirements. DESIGNER 2012
Horizontal bar
Fig D22.8 Factory installed corner bars as
per engineers specifications
lap to engineers
details
Horizontal bar
Fig D22.8 Factory installed corner bars as
per engineers specifications
90 (+-8)
lap to engineers
details
90 (+-8)
750mm (max)
750mm (max)
82
DESIGNER 2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Draft v6 29/11/11
82
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Draft v6 29/11/11
Structural Design
Structural Design
D22 Reinforcement Detailing Constraints continued
Standard
DoubleWallReinforcement
Junctions Fig Carriers
D22.5 - two U bars are lapped
in the corner panel at minimum 200mm centres, as shown in
D
D
figure 22.9. Alternatively three L bars can be installed, one
being lapped from the inside bar to the outside bar as
shown as shown in D22.10. Refer to structural engineers
details / requirements.
Fig D22.9
AFS LOGICWALL
750mm (max)
Fig D22.10
AFS LOGICWALL
750mm (max)
83
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
AFS 262D
AFS 200D AFS 262D
Structural Design
AFS 200D
Design
D22For doubleReinforcement
reinforcement carrierDetailing Constraints continued
DD Structural
200mm
200mm
200mm
200mm
200mm 200mm
200mm
40mm
200mm
160mm 200mm
160mm
40mm
30mm
50mm
160mm 50mm
160mm
37mm 37mm
115mm
30mm6mm 6mm 19.5mm 19.5mm
188mm 211mm
50mm
37mm 200mm
115mm Detail #11
37mm 50mm6mm 250mm 6mm
Horizontal bar
Fig D22.8 Factory installed corner bars as
per engineers specifications
90 (+-8)
lap to engineers
details
90 (+-8)
750mm (max)
750mm (max)
82
DESIGNER 2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Draft v6 29/11/11
84
82
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Draft v6 29/11/11
Structural Design
Structural Design
D22 Reinforcement Detailing Constraints continued
D
D
figure 22.9. Alternatively three L bars can be installed, one
being lapped from the inside bar to the outside bar as
shown as shown in D22.10. Refer to structural engineers
details / requirements.
Fig D22.9
AFS LOGICWALL
Horizontal wall
reinforcement is not to
project into corner
750mm (max)
Fig D22.10
AFS LOGICWALL
750mm (max)
85
83
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
Ligatures
When detailing ligatures within the AFS LOGICWALL
panels care must be taken to ensure the ligatures fit within
the parameters governed by the holes in the steel stud
framework. See example below - Fig. D22.11 for AFS 262D.
262mm
Detail #16 180mm
Variable Length
The structural concrete wall effectively has control joints at each stud so no additional crack control joints are necessary. Full
depth "movement joints" may be required depending on the geometry of the structure and other considerations such as thermal
loads, exposure and buiIding joints. In generaI "movement joints" would not be required for walls less than 16m long. Structural
movement joints will be placed in locations nominated by the structural engineer and must be documented on structural
drawings. These will be installed at construction stage by the AFS LOGICWALL installation contractor.
The following method is recommended:
Note: Can be dowel jointed if required structurally. Must be clearly specified and negotiated with installers at time
of tender. Installed where nominated by project engineer. Must be clearly documented on drawings. Typically not
required in walls less than 16m in length.
86
84
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Detail #17
Fibre Cement Sheet Surface Joint
Structural Design
Structural Design
D24 Sheet Surface Joints
Sheet surface joints are 6mm deep, (i.e. the full depth of the fibre cement sheeting) to accommodate expansion in the fibre
cement sheet. These are placed at max 6.0 m centres at finishing stage, i.e. after wall is concrete filled at time of setting the
D
D
vertical recessed joints. Locations of sheet surface joints should be nominated by the architect, as they can often be concealed
behind glazing sections or cupboards. The following method is recommended:
Fig D24.1
Cut for expansion joint after
setting is complete (2-4mm
wide through depth of the fibre
cement sheet). Fill groove with
paintable flexible sealant.
AFS LOGICWALL
Joint taped and set in
accordance with
manufacturers
specifications.
During construction AFS LOGICWALL panels shall remain braced until the floor over is constructed. Typical spacing for panel
braces is 1100mm which is every panel joint, bracing charts are available upon request. Apply standard bracing details for
temporary construction wind loadings up to Terrain Category 2 for 3000mm high walls placed on floors up to 50m above ground
level. The nominated Project Engineer is to design and detail any additional braces required for non-standard application.
Further details on bracing are in Section K Installation of this manual.
Draft v6 29/11/11
D26 Structural Detailing
Care must be taken when detailing AFS LOGICWALL to avoid installation problems on site. Points to note are:
Location and detailing of starter bars.
Cast in starter bars or drilled in dowels with limited anchorage.
Location and size of reinforcement to avoid steel congestion and placement difficulties.
Allow for location of services such as conduits and junction boxes within walls. Care is needed to avoid damage to junction
boxes if heavy horizontal reinforcement is used.
Services within walls should be avoided in highly stressed areas or allowed for in the design.
Maximum supplied wall height 4200mm. Heights exceeding 4200mm can be manufactured upon request and will be regarded
as a special order.
87
85
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design
StructuralDesign
The concrete supplier is responsible to provide a mix design Pumpable for delivery via a 50mm diameter hose, with
that is suitable for filling AFS LOGICWALL. continuous flow.
Pours limited to 1500mm high lift per pass. Allow sufficient
The concrete core fill mix must be designed with enhanced
time between passes, to allow the concrete of the previous
flow characteristics. Such concrete is available from Hanson
pass to gel. (Typically 1/2 hour or longer). Refer Chapter K
Concrete and most other concrete suppliers.
Section K6.6 Concrete Delivery and Placement for gel
AFS trial and experience have shown that a concrete mix that test precedure.
is designed such that segregation and blowouts are prevented Vibrated with a 40mm diameter needle vibrator by placing
whilst achieving the required level of compaction will have the the vibrator in the upper 300mm of the wall panel and
following basic characteristics: rattling the steel stud framework and reinforcement bars.
fc=25 to 50 MPa (to be as specified by the project
structural engineer). Note: Over vibrating can result in bulges and/or blowouts.
7-10mm maximum aggregate. Do not touch the fibre cement sheets with the vibrator.
Batched at 80mm slump before admixtures. Keep vibration to a minimum.
Admixtures including plasticiser and flyash are used
to increase the slump to 140 160mm. Slump is to
be measured and discharged from the truck to AS1379
requirements.
The concrete mix is critical to the successful outcome of filling AFS LOGICWALL
88
86
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Structural Design
Structural Design
D28 AFS and Natspec
Natspec is a not-for-profit organisation that is owned by the design, build, construct and property industr y through professional
associations and government property groups. Natspecs major service is the comprehensive national specification system
D
D
endorsed by government and professional bodies.The specification is for all building structures with specialist packages for
architects, interior designers, landscape architects, structural, mechanical, hydraulic and electrical engineers and domestic
owners.
The foundation of the Natspec specification system is the worksection. Natspec worksections are selected and customized by
the specifier to produce a project specification. In some instances, the specifier can choose between a generic worksection and a
branded worksection when compiling the specification.
A Natspec branded worksection is developed by Natspec in conjunction with the manufacturer, known as a Natspec Product
Partner. AFS has worked extensively with Natspec to become a product partner and to form the AFS LOGICWALL In Concrete
Combined branded worksection.
This AFS LOGICWALL product specific worksection/specification can be accessed via a link on the AFS website
www.afswall.com.au or by going directly to the Natspec website www.natspec.com.au and has been formulated so that
project designers/specifiers can produce a project specific specification for either:
1. AFS LOGICWALL combined with all concrete works on the project or
2. AFS LOGICWALL component of the project only.
89
87
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
D Notes
Structural Design
D
90
DESIGNER 2015
E Internal Design Considerations
E1 Introduction
E2 Levels of Finish
E3 Movement Joints
E4 Wall Preparation
E5 System One Joint Setting Only
E6 System Two Joint Setting and Skim Coating
E7 System Three - Over sheeting
Internal Design
Considerations
E8 Applied Finishes
2015 EDITION
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
E Internal
Internal Design
Design Considerations
Considerations
Disclaimer: This section of the AFS Designer is intended only by AFS to represent good building practice in achieving suitable internal design of AFS
LOGICWALL. This section is not intended in any way by AFS to represent all relevant information required on a project. It is the responsibility of those using
AFS LOGICWALL, including but not limited to builders, designers, consultants and engineers, to ensure that AFS LOGICWALL is suitable for use on a project in
relation to internal design. All diagram, plans and illustrations used in this section including any reinforcement shown are included for indicative and
diagrammatic purposes only. It remains the responsibility of those using AFS LOGICWALL to ensure that reference is made to the structural engineers details
for all diagrammatic and reinforcement requirements.
E
E
E1 Introduction
AFS LOGICWALL panels are faced with 6mm fibre or critical lighting, joint setting methods and the applied
cement sheets which, at the completion of the construction finishing system.
process, provide the wall face and substrate for applied There are a number of methods for ensuring that the finished
finishes and decorating. AFS LOGICWALL meets end user expectations. For
The fibre cement sheets bear similar features to plasterboard, best results, these should be considered in the planning
however are much harder-wearing and more impact resistant. stages of a project and be clearly set out in specifications.
The final finish of AFS LOGICWALL is influenced by factors It is good practice to construct a reference area of finished
such as structural movement and sheet surface joints, AFS LOGICWALL to provide a benchmark and to aid in
correct alignment of panels at installation stage, glancing judging quality of walls throughout a project.
E2 Levels Of Finish
Levels of finish are defined in AS /NZS 2589.1, and are E2.1 Lighting
intended to provide builders, installers and their customers
The flatness of AFS LOGICWALL is influenced by factors such
with defined methods and practices necessary to meet the
as the accuracy of the substrate, the installation methods, joint
customer's expectations in terms of 'Level of Finish'.
setting and finishing textures. A surface that appears perfectly
It is essential for designers and builders to determine the level flat in one lighting condition can seem uneven in another.
of finish required before construction commences, otherwise
Critical lighting or glancing light is where the incident light
it may not be possible to attain the desired finish level without
from an artificial or natural source is nearly parallel to the
extensive corrective measures.
surface. This condition exaggerates vertical joints and
In general, AFS LOGICWALL, without further treatment such any minor imperfections making them obvious.
as skim coating or over sheeting, achieves Level 4 finish
Ways to minimise the effect of critical or glancing light include:
which is +/- 4mm across an 1800mm plane.
Use more rather than fewer lights and install at regular
Level 5 finish should be used wherever gloss or semi-gloss
spacings to give a more even, diffused light and to
paints are to be used, where paint is mid or dark coloured, or
minimise the shadows that occur from a single row or
where critical light conditions occur such as from windows,
single light source.
skylights or silhouette and spot lighting. Level 5 finish
Design soft rather than harsh lighting conditions.
can be achieved through skim coating AFS LOGICWALL.
Avoid placing windows immediately adjacent to the end
Refer to section E6 'Joint Setting and Skim Coating'.
of a wall.
For internal walls AFS recommends the adoption of one of 3 Provide sun shades over the window.
finishing systems; Recess the window to stop the sunlight reaching the wall.
1. Joint setting and patching only
2. Joint setting, patching and skim coating.
3. Over-sheeting
A Direct stick plasterboard
B Batten and Sheet
C Discontinuous Stud Wall
91
89
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
DECORATION
E3 Movement Joints
92
90
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
E3 Movement Joints continued
Fig. E 3.1
Backing strip and
fire rated sealant.
E
E
Panel A
Note: Can be dowel jointed if required structurally. Must be clearly specified and negotiated with installers at time
of tender. Installed where nominated byNOTE:
project engineer.
Can be Mustif required
dowell jointed be clearly documented on drawings. Typically not
structurally.
required in walls less than 16m in length. Must be clearly specified and
negotiated with installers at time of tender
E3.2 Sheet Surface Joints
Sheet surface joints are 6mm deep, (i.e the full depth of the time of setting the vertical recessed joints. Locations of sheet
fibre cement sheeting) to accommodate the movement in surface joints should be nominated by the architect as they
the fibre cement sheet. These are placed at maximum 6.0m can often be concealed behind glazing sections or cupboards.
centres at finishing stage ie. after wall is concrete filled at The following method is recommended:
Fig. E 3.2
Joint taped and set in
accordance with
Fibre Cement Sheet Surface Joint
manufacturers
Draft v6 29/11/11
specifications.
AFS LOGICWALL
Cut for expansion joint after
setting is complete (2-4mm
wide through depth of fibre
cement sheet). Fill groove with
paintable flexible sealant.
ft v1 11/7/11
93
91
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
E4 Wall Preparation
Prior to joint setting the panels may require preparation in the Tolerance gaps between vertical panel joints less than
following areas and as outlined in Fig E4.1; 5mm wide are to be filled with the base coat of the setting
E
system.
E
FIG E4.1.1
Horizontal Butt Joints
AFS LOGICWALL
Rebates are to be ground onsite with recessed by
the joint to be treated as per CSR joint grinding onsite
setting procedure.
300 - 600mm
Fig J5.1.2A
This rebate will not reflect standard
Setting Width
Digit LFX Details-29.6.11.pdf 1 6/07/11 2:32 PM
Fig J5.1.2A
FIG E4.1.2 A >5mm
Fig B3.2
TOLERANCE GAPS GREATER THAN 5MM
PVC
render beads
FIG E4.1.2
Tolerance Gaps External
joint setting
Tolerance gaps between vertical compound >5mm
panel joints greater than 5mm wide
Fig
are to be filled with a suitable J5.1.2B TOLERANCE
joint filler. GAPS GREATER THAN 5MM
External render
system
(i.e. Grano Spackle)
FIG E4.1.2 B
Tolerance gaps between vertical
panel joints less than 5mm wide are
to be filled with the base coat of the
setting system.
162mm - 262mm
Fig J5.1.2B
AFS Logic Wall
COLUMNS
<5mm
94
92
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
the AFSprior
placed LOGICWALL
to core fill
placed prior to core fill
E
E
MIS-ALIGNMENT
MIS-ALIGNMENT
FIG E4.1.3 B
FIG E4.1.3
Wall Preparation
Wall prep work includes:
Patching broken FC edges
Grinding flush protruding FC board
or concrete.
Fig E5 BROKEN EDGES
Removing screws or punching BROKEN EDGES
screws flush.
FIG E4.1.3 C
FIG E4.1.4
Scratches and Dents
As AFS LOGICWALL is a permanent
formwork system which comes through
the construction phase, resulting
scratches and dents in the FC panel
surface are to be patched by the
internal setting contractor prior to and/
or following the first prep coat.
95
93
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
E
od have tensile strength similar
For joint settingto AFS
that LOGICWALL
of 6mm fibre it is necessary to achieve
Base Coat to a width of 100mm.TrowelAllowa thin layer
to dry for of
24 Wet
hours.Area Base Coat over the
nt sheet, and so can be expected
a high strength tojointperfom well inthermal movement
to resist Note: "Mud" andcracking
a tapeArea
of Wet thenBaseallowCoat
it tocan
dry appear
for 24 hours. It is important that
E
METHOD
HOD TWO - Extreme TWO - Extreme thermal conditions.
thermal conditions.
ng (Section J12.2) has Testingshown(Section
that J12.2) has this
joints with shown thatWhen jointsthewith
first this
layer isdry,When
applythea second
first layer is dry, apply a second layer of Wet
E
layer of Wet
E
method have tensile
od have tensile strength similar to that of 6mm fibre strength similar to that of 6mm fibre
Base Coat to a width of 100mm. Base Coat
Allowtotoa dry
width
forof24100mm.
hours. Allow to dry for 24 hours.
nt sheet, and so cancement sheet, and
be expected so can well
to perfom be expected
in to perfom
Note: "Mud"wellcracking
in Note:
of Wet Area"Mud"
Base cracking
Coat canofappear
Wet Area Base Coat can appear
me conditions. extreme conditions. on drying, especially
on drying, especially in hot weather. This does not affect in hot weather. This does not affect
Gap between fibre panel
cement sheets the performance the performance of the
panel joint isof the joint and is covered by the toppingjoint and is covered by the topping
ap between fibre cement sheets at vertical joint is at vertical
to be prefiller.
filled(ie.
with a suitable joint filler. compound.
(ie. Grano compound.
be pre filled with a suitable joint Grano
Spackle) prior to flush setting. Top with a CSR plaster Top with
topping a CSR plaster
compound 300mmtoppingwide orcompound 300mm wide or
kle) prior to flush setting.
a bed of Gyprock WetInArea a bed Base of Gyprock
Wet Area Base greater
Coat, immediately to achieve an acceptable finish. Allow to dry before finish. Allow to dry before
Coat, immediately greater to achieve an acceptable
bedJoint
PVC Tape
Cemintel Joint Tapesanding. sanding.
ed PVC Cemintel External centrallyExternal
over the centrally over the
nt. Press tape firmly into joint. Press tape
compound firmlytrapping
to avoid into compound to avoid trapping
r behind it. Trowel a thinairlayerbehindof Wetit. Trowel a thinCoat
Area Base layer of Wet Area Base Coat
er the tape then allow to dry for 24 hours. It is importantfor 24 hours. It is important
over the tape then allow to dry
that Base
at the first layer of Wet Area the first
Coatlayerdoesof not
Wetsurface
Area Base Coat does not surface
y (skin) before the tapedry (skin) before
is bedded. This themighttape is bedded. This might involve
involve
orking in cooler parts of theworking in cooler
day, cutting parts
tape of the in
to length day, cutting tape to length in
eparation, bedding and taping short lengths of one joint short lengths of one joint
preparation, bedding and taping
a time. at a time.
Fig. E5.2
E5.2 Method 2 - Joint Method
Setting Only2 - Joint Setting Only
Panel joint gaps to be Recessed edge Recessed edge
Panel joint gaps to be in Fibre Cement
prefilled
prefilled prior to flush setting. prior to flush in Fibre Cement
setting.
Sheet Sheet Fill recess
Fill recess
completely with completely with
CSR Wet Area CSR Wet Area
Base Coat Base Coat
Note:
Note: The set joints in AFS The set joints
LOGICWALL may in be LOGICWALL
AFSvisible in critical may
be visible
or glancing in conditions.
light critical or glancing light conditions.
AFS recommends to the designer or builder that under those
AFS recommends to the designer or builder that under those circumstances further treatment circumstances further treatment
should be applied as set out in Section E7
should be applied as set out in Section E7 Joint Setting and Skim Coating. Joint Setting and Skim Coating.
Recessed edge Recessed edge
in Fibre Cement in Fibre Cement
Sheet Sheet Fill recess
Fill recess 97
completely with 95 95
completely with DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
DESIGNER 2012 CSR Wet Area
WALLING SOLUTIONS
98
96
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
E6 System Two - Joint Setting and Skim Coating
Skim coating is a term used to describe a thin finish coat, All joints must be set and finished in accordance with the
trowelled or airless sprayed onto the prepared wall surface, previous section - Section E5 System One - Joint Setting
E
E
and then possibly sanded, to achieve a smooth and even finish. Only. All indents or gouges shall be filled to a flat finish in the
It is normally less than 1mm in thickness and is applied over plane of the surface of the board and the board must be kept
the entire surface to fill imperfections in the joint work, smooth free of any dirt, oil or other foreign matter which could
the board texture and provide a uniform surface for decorating. cause a lack of bonding.
Gyprock Total Joint Cement mixed to consistency suitable for Gyprock Total Joint Cement mixed to consistency suitable for
spray application. Suggestion: 1.75 litres of water per 15kg of roller application.
Gyprock Total Joint Cement.
Spray Unit (suggested): Roller Equipment (suggested):
PROCEDURE PROCEDURE
1. Prepare equipment and compound mix. Titan Speedflo 1. Prepare equipment and compound mix
should be running at 40psi or as otherwise recommended 2. Apply the first coat using a large lambswool roller.
by the manufacturer. 3. Immediately follow with back rolling using a foam roller to
2. First coat should be sprayed horizontally. flatten the surface. Allow to dry.
3. Trial the spraying technique and the compound dispensing 4. If required, apply subsequent coat(s) as described in Steps
from the nozzle on test surface. 2 and 3. Allow to dry. Sand and prepare for paint finish,
4. Second coat should be sprayed vertically. using 150 to 180 grit sandpaper.
5. Third coat sprayed horizontally.
6. Sand and prepare for paint finish. Depending on the
desired finish, sanding may not be required. If needed use
150 to 180 grit sandpaper.
IMPORTANT NOTES
99
97
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
Over sheeting is a term used to describe the application of As AFS LOGICWALL applications vary from project to project,
plasterboard veneer over the AFS LOGICWALL and can so do the architectural, acoustic and thermal requirements.
E
E
be achieved by the following methods: The following options provide flexibility for the designer,
particularly where an air gap or cavity is required.
Direct stick plasterboard
Batten and sheeting or
Discontinuous stud wall
METHOD ONE - DIRECT STICK PLASTERBOARD horizontally (plasterboard can be fixed horizontally or
vertically). Hold sheets in position until adhesive sets by
'Direct stick plasterboard' is a term used for directly adhering
using temporary masonry nails.
plasterboard lining to AFS LOGICWALL. This system
4. Setting of the plasterboard joints is to be carried out in
provides another alternative and flexibility for the
accordance with the setting methods provided by the
designer when considering internal wall finishes.
appropriate plasterboard supplier.
PROCEDURE
1.Surface of AFS LOGICWALL is to be clean, dry and Note: Where direct stick plasterboard is being applied to a
free of dust, oil and other elements that may reduce wall requiring an acoustic rating, plasterboard adhesive may
adhesive performance. need to be trowelled on to prevent a drummy effect when wall
2. Establish the basis of a true wall plane before is impacted. Discuss with your acoustic consultant prior to
commencing installation. Levelling pads that may be installation.
Fig E8.2 required where irregularities in the wall surface occur. Fig E8.2
Fig E8.2
3. Apply daubs of plasterboard adhesive to the AFS
Fig E8.1
LOGICWALL surface or to the back of the plasterboard
sheets at 450mm centres maximum vertically and
VERTICAL FIXING TO AFS LOGIC WALL SURFACE VERTICAL FIXINGTO
VERTICAL FIXING TOAFS
AFSLOGIC
LOGIC WALL
WALL SURFACE
SURFACE
(EXAMPLE
HORIZONTAL FIXING ONLY)
TO AFS LOGIC WALL SURFACE (EXAMPLE
(EXAMPLE ONLY)
ONLY)
Fig. E7.1 Horizontal Fixing (EXAMPLE ONLY)
Fig. E7.2 Vertical Fixing
(ALL DIMENSIONS (ALL
ON THIS DIAGRAM
DIMENSIONS REFER
ON THIS TO PLASTERBOARD
DIAGRAM AND PLASTERBOARD
REFER TO PLASTERBOARD ADHESIVE)
AND PLASTERBOARD ADHESIVE) (ALL
(ALL DIMENSIONSON
DIMENSIONS ONTHIS
THIS DIAGRAM
DIAGRAM REFER
REFERTOTO
PLASTERBOARD ANDAND
PLASTERBOARD PLASTERBOARD ADHESIVE)
PLASTERBOARD ADHESIVE)
50mm max
50mm max from50mm max
sheet edge
from sheet edge from sheet edge
50mm max 450mm max Centres
450mm max Centres from sheet edge 450mm max Centres
50mm max
50mm max 450mm max Centres from50mm
sheet edge
max
from sheet edge from sheet edge
Extra daubs at butt
joints skirting etc.
50mm max
from sheet edge
Plasterboard
450mm max Centres
Plasterboard
450mm max Centres
Plasterboard Plasterboard
450mm max Centres Plasterboard 450mm max Centres
50mm max
from sheet edge
Daubs of Drywall
Masonry Adhesive
50mm max
from sheet edge
6mm min. gap Daubs of Drywall
Masonry Adhesive
50mm max 50mm max
from sheet edge from sheet edge
Daubs of Drywall Daubs of Drywall
Extra daubs
Masonry Adhesive at skirting Masonry Adhesive
100
98
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
E7 System Three - Over sheeting continued
E
Batten and sheeting is a term used where timber or steel 2. Insulate cavity where required.
E
battens are fixed to the AFS LOGICWALL and over sheeted with 3. Plasterboard, or similiar interior lining system, is fixed to the
plasterboard or similiar interior lining board. Most commonly battens using the standard fixing procedure provided by
19mm or 28mm furring channel is used for battening walls. the interior lining supplier. Sheets can be fixed horizontally
or vertically.
PROCEDURE
4. The interior lining board joints are set using the setting
1. Battens are fixed vertically at 600mm centres to the AFS methods adopted by the interior lining board installer.
LOGICWALL using the contractors preferred masonry fixing
system. Where furring channels are used, furring channel
clips are fixed to the AFS LOGICWALL. The furring
channel is then clipped into the clip system. In some cases
furring channels may require fixing using a resilient
mounted clip system for acoustic purposes. For details on
fixing options contact your furring channel supplier.
Internal Lining
LOGICWALL
(Insulation can be installed within cavity to meet thermal requirements, typically for external facade walls)
101
99
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
METHOD THREE - DISCONTINUOUS STUD WALL 4. Plasterboard, or similiar interior lining system, is fixed to
the stud wall using standard fixing procedure provided by
E
Discontinuous
steel or
timber frame
fig B.2
AFS LOGICWALL
cavity
Plasterboard
lining
(Insulation can be installed within cavity to meet thermal requirements, typically for external facade walls)
102
100
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
E8 Applied Finishes
E
E
a significant effect on the perceived quality of the in accordance with the respective manufacturer's instructions.
installation, particularly where critical lighting conditions exist.
The use of a preparatory coat over the entire surface is
General rules when selecting the applied finish are: recommended prior to application of the finish coats due to the
Textured or heavy patterned finishes tend to hide differing texture and porosity of uncoated fibre cement and areas
imperfections. which have received joint treatment.
Matt finishes minimise imperfection visibility. AFS recommend proven paint systems, such as Dulux, which
Semi-gloss and gloss finishes highlight imperfections. typically consist of one coat of a preparatory sealer followed by
Lighter colours (compared to darker colours) are less two coats of the finishing paint.
likely to show imperfections and impact damage, and are
more effective at diffusing the light and reducing shadow Standard prep work should follow initial sealer coats, prior to
effects, particularly in smaller rooms. application of finishing c oats. F ig E 8.1 i s a n ' Interior F inishing
Gloss paints tend to highlight paint application variations System' specification sheet prepared by Dulux which outlines
eg. where a good wet edge has not been maintained when recommended AFS LOGICWALL interior paint systems
painting. and applications.
Paint or thin wallpaper finishes are less tolerant of For best results, apply the coatings with a roller. This helps to
imperfections. achieve a full even coat and a light, uniform texture over the entire
Paint applied with a longer pile roller tends to mask surface.
imperfections better than paint applied with a short pile
Refer to Australian Standard AS2311 "The Painting of Buildings"
roller.
and/or paint manufacturer's recommendations for specific roller
E8.3.2. Decoration nap length for the desired finish.
AFS LOGICWALL surfaces may be decorated in any of a E8.3.4. Wallpaper and Vinyl
variety of finishes including flat, semi-gloss or gloss paint,
To enable eventual removal of wallpaper and vinyl without
wallpaper or vinyl, texture or stipple.
damaging the fibre cement, seal the surface with a pigment
Roll coated paints generally have a greater coating thickness solvent-based sealer.
and create a similar texture on both the plasterboard and the
jointing compounds. E8.3.5. Tiling
No building material has an absolutely flat surface and all that Tiles shall be installed in accordance with AS3958.1.
can be expected in practice is an appearance of flatness. The Allowance must be made for expansion/contraction by leaving
effect of glancing light on the appearance of flat surfaces is a gap between adjoining tiles in corners. Fill gap with flexible
described in the CSIRO Division of Building Research Report wet area sealant.
No. L8 (Revised Edition). This report clearly demonstrates that Tiling to be in accordance with the tile adhesive manufacturer's
surfaces which seem perfectly flat in diffuse light appear rough instructions. A compatible tile adhesive must be used to fix
and uneven when light strikes nearly parallel to the surface. tiles to proprietary membranes.
103
101
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Internal Design Considerations
Internal Design Considerations
Substrate:
AFS LOGIC WALLTM is an innovative fast track permanent formwork system used as load bearing external and internal wall solutions for both residential & commercial
construction. AFS Walling Panels incorporate CSR Cementel Fibre Cement Sheeting CEMINSEAL WALLBOARD with WATERLOCK technology.
Substrate Preparation:
Frame detail and panel fixing must comply with relevant building codes and be in strict accordance with substrate manufactures instructions & recommendations.
All fixings must be non-corrosive, suitable for the exposure condition and be in accordance with substrate supplier recommendations.
Panel Face & Joint Alignment/ Jointing to be completed by others prior to internal painting.
Panel alignment is critical in all lost formwork systems and specific attention must be given to control of joint & sheeting alignment. Ensure that all joints between panels
accurately align and floor-to-floor alignment ensures a true and flat plane across the elevation.
It is the responsibility of either the panel installer or the interior finishing contractor to ensure all joints or major imperfections, misalignments are filled and sanded true
& flush before applying any coatings system. Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease or dirt, dust before coating.
Expansion Joints:
Dulux AcraTex recommends suitable expansion/contraction relief joints be installed at natural building weak points eg in line with openings (window / doors), at all horizontal
multi-levels, and at all interfaces of different building construction materials and or as defined by Engineer.
CJs are best treated before the coating system is applied. The use of a PU - Poly Urethane paintable Sealant incorporating backing rod in strict accordance with the
manufacturer recommendation for use on AFS LOGICWALL should be used in all cases. Select a colour that is complimentary to the final Texture colour.
Apply Sealant on completion of the panel installation to ensure adequate curing.
Important Notes:
Coatings should be applied in full accordance with relative product Technical and Applicational data sheets.
Dulux AcraTex accepts no liability for joint cracking or joint deformation, as control of structural movement is beyond the scope of a coating specification. Do not apply paint if
Relative Humidity is above 85% or temperature is within 3C of Dew Point, or the surface temperature is greater than 50C or below 10C, or likely to fall below 10C during the
drying period.
This system is recommended where panel misalignment is NOT greater than 3mm. Practical Application Rates will vary from the quoted theoretical spread rate due to factors
such as method and condition of the application and surface roughness, and or panel misalignment.
Glancing light
Joints and panel deformation may be clearly evident under glancing light, casting visible shadows of the minute and uneven projections of the joints.
Glancing light is light that is nearly parallel to the surface of the wall and casts visible shadows and uneven projections of the joints.
Just like rendered masonry any uneven projections will be highlighted and as such are outside the control / scope of this specification.
**Recoat times are quoted for 25oC and 50% relative humidity these may vary under different conditions. Longer time will be required under adverse conditions.
Project AFS LOGICWALL System for AFS Product Group PTY LTD Duspec DULUX Acratex AFS LOGIC WALLW&W Interior Finishing System
Project ID Principle AFS Group Duspec no. Page no. 1
Issue Prepared By Issue 1.1 Prepared By SL
Date Approved By Date 30/06/2011 Approved By JD
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in good
faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability or
responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by any
condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as indicated on
the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data provided within the Duspec system is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
these coating systems.
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document.
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "Acratex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN. 67 000 049 427
Page 1 of 1
104
102
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
E
Notes
DESIGNER 2015
105
E Internal Design Considerations
E Internal Design Considerations
106
DESIGNER 2015
F External Design Considerations
F1 Introduction
F2 Movement Joints
F3 Waterproofing
F4 Flashings
F5 Windows
F6 Finishing
F7 Finishing Systems Overview
F8 Cladding Systems
F9 Durability
External Design
Considerations
2015 EDITION
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
F External
External Design
Design Considerations
Considerations
Disclaimer: This section of the AFS Designer is intended only by AFS to represent good building practice in achieving suitable external design of AFS
LOGICWALL. This section is not intended in any way by AFS to represent all relevant information required on a project. It is the responsibility of those using
AFS LOGICWALL, including but not limited to builders, designers, consultants and engineers, to ensure that AFS LOGICWALL is suitable for use on a project in
relation to external design. All diagram, plans and illustrations used in this section including any reinforcement shown are included for indicative and
diagrammatic purposes only. It remains the responsibility of those using AFS LOGICWALL to ensure that reference is made to the structural engineers details
for all diagrammatic and reinforcement requirements.
F
F
F1 Introduction
AFS LOGICWALL panels are faced with 6mm fibre There are a number of methods for ensuring that the finished
cement sheets which, at the completion of the construction AFS LOGICWALL meets the user expectations. For best
process, provide the wall face and substrate for applied results these should be considered in the planning stages
finishes and decorating. of the project and be clearly set out in specifications.
The fibre cement sheets incorporate a special water block It is essential for the designers and builders to determine the
technology which reduces water penetrating into the sheet level of finish required before construction begins otherwise it
(refer to F3 Waterproofing for more details). This not only may not be possible to attain the desired finish level without
assists in reducing water penetration of AFS LOGICWALL extensive corrective measures.
throughout the construction phase of the project, before the
For external wall application AFS LOGICWALL
final finishing system is applied, but also contributes to the
can accommodate a range of external finishing solutions as
overall durability of the product.
set out in sections F5 - Finishing and F7 Cladding Systems.
The final finish of AFS LOGICWALL is influenced by factors
such as movement and sheet surface joints, correct
alignment of panels at installation stage, joint setting
methods and applied finishing system.
F2 Movement Joints
The structural concrete wall effectively has control joints at 16m long. Structural "movement joints" will be placed in
each stud so no additional crack control joints are necessary. locations nominated by structural engineer and must be
Full depth "movement joints" may be required depending documented on structural drawings. These will be installed
on the geometry of the structure and other considerations at construction stage by the AFS LOGICWALL installation
such as thermal loads, exposure or building joints. In general contractor. The following method is recommended.
"movement joints" would not be required for walls less than
Note: Can be dowel jointed if required structurally. Must be clearly specified and negotiatied with installers at time of tender.
Installed where nominated by project engineer. Must be clearly documented on drawings. Typically not required for walls less
than 16mm in length.
107
105
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
F3 Waterproofing
For any external faade design applicable to a building, it is 1. Adoption of horizontal slab junction details as
essential that the system adopted is capable of withstanding recommended by AFS.
F
the various environmental conditions which the faade is 2. Appropriate location of flashings, especially to cap exposed
F
subject to during its life. In particular the prevention of water parapet walls typically located on the top level of buildings.
ingress into the building is critical. 3. Correct application of a quality external waterproofing
coating system to supplier's specifications.
AFS LOGICWALL as an external faade, with an
4. The water resistance of AFS LOGICWALL itself,
applied waterproofing coating performs as a successful
incorporating fibre cement facing sheets with water block
barrier to water ingress and has been tried and proven on
technology properties.
numerous buildings, many of which are in coastal locations.
The system chiefly relies upon the following for waterproofing:
Detail #33
HORIZONTAL SLAB JUNCTION DETAILS
AFS Unfinished Boundary Wall
Flashing Detail
Fig. F3.1 Unfinished Boundary Wall (adjacent to neighbouring building)
AFS LOGICWALL
Concrete wall to
slab cold joint
Draft v3 20/9/11
108
106
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
Detail #3
F3 Waterproofing continued
Horizontal Joint with
cover plate on slab edge
F
F
Vertical and horizontal
reinforcement to engineers
details
AFS LOGICWALL
Starter bars
Sealant by others
Two continuous beads of
sealant under floor track on
all external walls and
internal separation walls
9mm CFC cover by AFS LOGICWALL installation contractor
strip or equivalent
Concete wall to
slab cold joint
Internal applied
Fig. F3.3.1 Flexible Extrusion Details - Horizontal Express Joint with Rebate in Slab Edge
Draft v3 20/9/11
109
107
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
Detail #2
F3 Waterproofing continued
Horizontal Express Joint with
Fig. F3.3.2 Flexible Extrusion Details Flat Plate Slab Edge
- Horizontal Express Joint with Waterproofing on Flat Plate Slab Edge
F
F
Detail #43
Cavity Wall Detail Flat Slab
Vertical and
horizontal
reinforcement to
engineers details
Plasterboard
sheeting
AFS LOGICWALL
Two continuous beads of Preformed
sealant under floor track on hob system
all external walls and
internal separation walls
by AFS LOGICWALL
40mm
installation contractor
membraned
cavity
Flashing
Sealant
Concrete wall to
slab cold joint
110
108
Draft v3
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 20/9/11
2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
F4 Flashings
F
F
Detail #32
1. Boundary Walls the cavity between the external
AFS LOGICWALL and the neighbouring building must be
2. For Boundary Walls not able to be sealed
or coated due to proximity of the neighbouring
fully flashed to prevent water ingress onto the often building an Alcor flexible flashing (or similar) is required to
uncoatedAFS
AFS Unfinished
LOGICWALL. Boundary Wall prevent water ingress through the horizontal joint.
Flashing Detail
Fig. F4.1 Fig. F4.2
AFS LOGICWALL
External
finishing system AFS LOGICWALL
Draft v3 20/9/11
111
109
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
F5 Windows
Fibre
cement
sheet
Subhead
Seal the vertical and horizontal
fibre cement/concrete window
surrounds with paintable water
proof membrane prior to fitting
Glazing of subframe or application of
any finishes, by others. Ensure
product used is compatible
with specified finishes
Subsill
Drainage
slots
Fibre
cement
sheet
Draft v3 20/9/11
F6 Finishing
AFS LOGICWALL external walls require the application of high Note: AFS do not recommend the application of cementitious
build, trowel applied, flexible Acrylic Texture System to achieve: render levelling or finishing systems as these are rigid and
do not allow for normal expansion and contraction movement.
a) A water resistant building envelope, and
The application of conventional paint or roll on texture coatings
b) An aesthetically pleasing building appearance.
directly onto the AFS LOGICWALL fibre cement sheeting will
AFSs preferred manufacturer for external coating systems is result in visible panel joints and imperfections in the substrate.
Dulux AcraTex who supply a range of finishing system options
relative to the degree of surface leveling required and preferred
aesthetic style.
112
110
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
F7 Finishing Systems Overview
AFS has worked with Dulux AcraTex to design systems that AFS LOGICWALL Wall Substrate Installation Standards
accommodate the specific requirements of the A FS Building & Alignments
F
Systems and deliver warranted systems for long term
F
AFS LOGICWALL panels shall be installed in strict accordance
performance. with the AFS Systems Pty Ltd recommendations.
AFS strongly recommend the application of full acrylic, trowel Foroptimum finishing system efficiencies, AFS LOGICWALL
applied texture coat systems, rather than conventional paints, panel section alignment shall be true and plumb with
in order to help conceal panel joints and imperfections which maximum alignment variation of +/-4mm. Where tolerances
would be visible in critical and glancing light conditions. exceed optimum specification, alternate Remedial High Build
Texture roller applied stipple finishes are suitable where Coatings System recommendations apply as detailed in
specific attention is given to ensuring a suitable high standard (Fig 7.1) and shall be considered variations for
of finishing of base skimcoat is achieved. contacting purposes. Additionally, it is important to
ensure minimum variation of floor to floor alignment
AFS do not recommend high cement under render applications.
together with correct installation of control joints over
Responsibilities of Dulux AcraTex large area and at floor to floor sections, window or other
openings of the structure to allow adequate movement of
To supply quality facade coating systems and specifications
the building envelope.
together with technical advice and representation to AFS
projects through its Dulux AcraTex support network. Responsibilities of Applicator(s)
Dulux shall also supply all technical back up applicator
The nominated Applicator(s) shall deliver all materials and
training and material warranties to ensure optimal
labour to complete the works to the agreed colour, timeframe
performance of the specified coating system.
and standard in full accordance with the latest data provided
Materials & Application Warranty by Dulux AcraTex on the AFS Facade coating system.
Dulux AcraTex shall provide AFS Systems Pty Ltd and its
clients with a material performance warranty for a period of
no less than:
Ten (10) years from the date of application where a fully
recommended Dulux AcraTex coating system is installed as
per the Approved Coating Systems Table (Fig 7.5).
Fifteen (15) year Warranty may be issued where an additional
weatherproofing finish coat of AcraShield or AcraSkin is
applied to approved systems.
Ten (10) year Extended Warranty may be issued, where after the
initial warranty period, re-application of the weatherproofing
finishing coat(s) is undertaken with either A craShield of
AcraSkin in accordance with appropriate specification relative
to the conditions as set out in the Dulux AcraTex Materials and
Dulux AcraTex Trained Applicator workmanship warranty.
113
111
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
Fig 7.1
The following minimum coating system specification is applicable where panel alignment is true and level (<4mm deviation)
Dulux AcraTex Coating Systems recommendation for AFS LOGICWALL have been designed to provide 2 aesthetic options,
over base jointing and levelling coats, relative to project requirements:
A. Trowel Applied "Float Sand Finish":
AcraTex Coventry Coarse Trowel On
AcraTex Coventry Coarse is a flexible acrylic texture, applied at 1-2mm film build delivering a traditional float finish render style
in a fine-medium grain texture.
AcraTex or AcraSkin is specified as the final weatherproofing topcoat.
B. Texture Roller Applied, "Stipple Finish":
AcraTex AcraSkin
AcraTex AcraSkin is an Elastomeric Membrane coating applied by medium cell Texture Roller delivering a weatherproofing, highly
flexible light relieve texture stipple.
AcraSkin is also specified as the final weatherproofing topcoat, applied by a nap roller.
Note: Texture Roller Stipple finish requires a higher standard of Base Skimcoat float finishing to achieve optimum aesthetics.
AFS LOGICWALL Minimum Coating System Requirements Minimum System Performance
Jointing & Base leveling system
Where misalignment is >4mm refer to supplementary Such remedial works is outside the scope of normal coatings
Dulux AcraTex Remedial Recommendation Specifications installation and requires project agreement on scope of coatings,
for additional substrate pre-filling and treatment. remedial specification and additional coating system cost.
114
112
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
F7 Finishing Systems Overview continued
DuSpec Specification Sheet
DULUX AcraTex Coating System for AFS LOGICWALL Building System.
Fig. Coventry
F7.2 - Trowel Float
Coarse Sand
Trowel Finish
Applied - Exterior Finishing System - Option A
Finish
F
Substrate:
F
DULUX
AFS LOGIC WALL AcraTex
TM
Coating
is an innovative fast System for AFS
track permanent LOGICWALL
formwork system used as loadBuilding System.
bearing external and internal wall solutions for both residential & commercial
construction. AFS
Coventry WallingTrowel
Coarse Panels incorporate
AppliedCSR Cementel Fibre Cement Sheeting CEMINSEAL WALLBOARD with WATERLOCK technology.
Finish
Substrate Preparation:
Substrate:
Frame detail and panel fixing must comply with relevant building codes and be in strict accordance with substrate manufactures instructions & recommendations.
Dulux AcraTex recommends suitable expansion/contraction relief joints be installed at natural building weak points eg in line with openings (window / doors), at all horizontal
TM
AFS LOGIC and
multilevels, WALLat allisinterfaces
an innovative fast track
of different permanent
building formwork
construction systemand
materials used
or as defined
load bearing external and internal wall solutions for both residential & commercial
by Engineer.
construction. AFS
All fixings must be Walling Panels suitable
noncorrosive, incorporate CSR
for the Cementel
exposure Fibre Cement
condition and be Sheeting CEMINSEAL
in accordance WALLBOARD
with substrate with WATERLOCK technology.
supplier recommendations.
Substrate Preparation:
Panel Face & Joint Alignment
Panel alignment is critical in all lost formwork systems and specific attention must be given to control of joint & sheeting alignment. Ensure that all joints between panels
accurately
Frame align
detail andand floortofloor
panel fixing mustalignment ensures
comply with a true
relevant and flat
building plane
codes across
and be inthe elevation.
strict accordance with substrate manufactures instructions & recommendations.
It is theAcraTex
Dulux responsibility of the panel
recommends installer
suitable to ensure all jointsrelief
expansion/contraction or major
jointsimperfections,
be installed atmisalignments areweak
natural building filledpoints
and sanded truewith
eg in line & flush before
openings applying
(window any coatings
/ doors), system.
at all horizontal
Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease or dirt, dust by hosing suitable detergent
multilevels, and at all interfaces of different building construction materials and or as defined by /pressure
Engineer.wash before coating.
All fixings must be noncorrosive, suitable for the exposure condition and be in accordance with substrate supplier recommendations.
NOTE :
Panel Face & Joint Alignment THIS SYSTEM IS SUITABLE WHERE PANEL ALIGNMENT TOLLERANCES 4MM
Panel alignment is WHERE
critical inMAJOR MISALIGNMENT
all lost formwork OCCURS,
systems and specificREFER TOmust
attention ADDITIONAL
be given toREMEDIAL RECOMMENDATIONS
control of joint & sheeting alignment.FOR PRETREATMENT
Ensure that all joints between panels
accurately align and floortofloor alignment ensures a true and flat plane across the elevation.
Expansion
It is the Joints:
the responsibility
responsibilityofof
thethe
panel installer
panel or coatings
installer applicator,
to ensure all jointstoor
ensure
majorallimperfections,
joints or major misalignments
imperfections, misalignments
are filled andare filled and
sanded truesanded
& flushtrue & flush
before before any
applying applying any coatings
coatings system.system.
Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease or dirt, dust by hosing suitable detergent /pressure wash before coating.
CJs are best treated before the coating system is applied. The use of a PU Poly Urethane paintable Sealant incorporating backing rod in strict accordance with the
manufacturer recommendation for use on AFS WallTM should be used in all cases. NOTESelect :a colour that is complimentary to the final Texture colour. Apply Sealant on
THIS SYSTEM
completion of the panel installation prior to coatings systemIS SUITABLE WHERE PANEL ALIGNMENT TOLLERANCES 4MM
application.
WHERE MAJOR MISALIGNMENT OCCURS, REFER TO ADDITIONAL REMEDIAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PRETREATMENT
Data Application Rate Recoat **
AFS WALLTM COATING
Expansion Joints:
SYSTEM
Sheet @250C & 50% RH
JOINT FLUSHING
CJs are best treated before the coating system is applied. The use of a PU Poly Urethane paintable Sealant incorporating backing rod in strict accordance with the
DULUX AcraPatch
manufacturer Course L/Shade
recommendation for use on19420806
AFS WallTM should be used in all cases. Select a colour that is complimentary to the final Texture colour. Apply Sealant on
Mix AcraPatch
completion Course
of the panel with 10%prior
installation Portland Cement
to coatings and apply
system to joint recess and immediately install
application. AUSA 2925 12 m2 per Litre 8 hour
AcraTex Reinforcing Tape into the wet AcraPatch followed by further AcraPatch to fill the recess.
Application of AcraPatch should be wet on wet to insure maximum integrity of the joint.
TM Data Application Rate Recoat **
AFS LOGICWALL
AFS WALL COATING COATING
SYSTEM SYSTEM
Sheet @250C & 50% RH
BASE COAT
DULUX AcraTex AcraPatch High Build L/Shade 19485841
JOINT FLUSHING 0.8L / m2 / mm
Mix Ratio
DULUX AcraPatch Course L/Shade 19420806 16 Hours
15L AcraTex 500/11 AcraPatch HB; 300mls Portland Cement (5%) 2
Mix AcraPatch Course with 10% Portland
Use a power mixing device to mix thoroughly. Cement and apply to joint recess and immediately install AUSA 2925
AUDA0440 12 m1x15L
per Litre 8 hour
AcraTex Reinforcing Tape into the wet work
AcraPatch AcraPatch HB Protect from rain in
Ensure that all imperfections are filled, away followed
from the bysunfurther AcraPatch
(in shaded areas).to fill the recess.
Application of AcraPatch should be wet on wet to insure maximum integrity of the joint. will cover first 24 hours
Apply with Hawk & Trowel evenly over surface to the thickness 25mm in a single pass.
6 m2 @ 2mm thick
BASEDOCOAT
NOT overspread the material.
Follow AcraTex
DULUX up with alight floatingHigh
AcraPatch process to level
Build out the
L/Shade product using a polystyrene or red plastic float.
19485841
0.8L / m2 / mm
Mix Ratio
OPTIONAL PRIMER COAT 16 Hours
4 Hours
15L AcraTex
DULUX AcraTex 500/11 AcraPatch
AcraPrime HB; 300mls
Water based Portland
Line/Shade Cement (5%)
19420902
10 1x15L
2
Use a power mixing device to mix thoroughly. AUDA0440 m / Litre
Used to improve application and workability of texture coat. AUDA0441 AcraPatch
Ensure1 that per CoatHB Protect
Protect from
from rain
rain in
in
Apply coatall imperfections
with a 12mm napare filled,
roller work
over theaway from
surface the suna(in
ensuring shaded
wet areas).
edge is maintained over the will cover first 24 hours
Apply with Hawk first 24 hours
application area. & Trowel evenly over surface to the thickness 25mm in a single pass. 6 m2 @ 2mm thick
DO NOT overspread the material.
Follow COAT
TEXTURE up with a light floating process to level out the product using a polystyrene or red plastic float.
16 Hours
DULUX AcraTex Coventry Coarse L/Shade 19485753
OPTIONAL PRIMER COAT
Apply with Hawk & Trowel evenly over surface to the thickness of the largest particles in a single AUDA1065 1.1 m2 / Litre 4 Hours
DULUX AcraTex AcraPrime Water based Line/Shade 19420902 2 Protect from rain in
pass. 10 m / Litre
Used first 24 hours
Followtoupimprove application
with a light floatingand workability
process of texture
to level out the coat.
product using a red plastic float trowel. AUDA0441
per Coat Protect from rain in
Apply 1 coat with a 12mm nap roller over the surface ensuring a wet edge is maintained over the
first 24 hours
TOPapplication
COAT area.
DULUX AcraTex AcraShield Line/Shade 19451950
TEXTURE COAT
Apply 2 coats with a 12mm nap roller over the surface ensuring a wet edge is maintained over the 16 Hours
DULUX AcraTex Coventry Coarse L/Shade 19485753 4 Hours
application area whilst one coat will provide adequate protection from the elements we recommend
Apply with Hawk 5 mm2 2/ /Litre
the application of &2 Trowel
coats theevenly over surface
first diluted to the
with 10% thickness
water and theofsecond
the largest
withparticles
only 5% in a single
water to AUDA1065
AUDA0432 1.1 Litre
Protect
pass. an even finish is achieved. per Coat Protect from
from rain
rain in
in
ensure first
Follow up with a light floating process to level out the product using a red plastic float trowel. first 24
24 hours
hours
TOPDulux
COATrecommends 2 coats application for even coverage to minimising cutting in and lap marks
effects.AcraTex AcraShield Line/Shade 19451950
DULUX
Apply 2 coats with a 12mm nap roller over the surface ensuring a wet edge is maintained over the
4 Hours
application area whilst one coat will provide adequate protection from the elements we recommend
5 m2 / Litre
the application of 2 coats the first diluted with 10% water and the second with only 5% water to AUDA0432
per Coat Protect from rain in
ensure an even finish is achieved.
first 24 hours
Dulux recommends 2 coats application for even coverage to minimising cutting in and lap marks
effects.
AcraTex -AFS
DULUX AcraTex AFSLOGICWALL
WALL AcraPatch High Build
AcraPatch High Finishing System
Build Finishing System
Duspec Prepared By Shane Langkilde
Coventry Coarse Trowel Applied
Applied Finish
Finish Page 1 of 2
Duspec No AC1201 Issue No 4 Date 01.04.2012 Approved By Ian Schultz
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED
DULUX THAT the foregoing
AcraTex AFS WALLshall not exclude, limit,
AcraPatch High restrict
BuildorFinishing
modify theSystem
right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
Duspec
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting suchPrepared
StateFinish By
exclusion limitation ShaneCoating
or modification. Langkilde
systems can be expected to perform as
Coventry Coarse Trowel Applied Page 1 of 2
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
Duspec
The dataNo AC1201
provided within the DuspecIssue
systemNo 4 at the time of publication,
is correct Date 01.04.2012
however Approved
it is the responsibility of Bythis informationIan
those using Schultz
to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
these coating systems.
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document.
DISCLAIMER:
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049 427
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data provided within the Duspec system is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
these coating systems.
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document. 115
113
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049DESIGNER 427 2015
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
Important Notes:
Fig. F7.2 - Trowel Float Sand Finish - Exterior Finishing System - Option A continued
Coatings should be applied in full accordance with relative product Technical and Applicational data sheets.
This system is recommended where panel misalignment is NOT greater than 4mm.
Refer to Remedial Specification recommendations where panel misalignment is greater than 4mm.
DuSpec Specification
conditions (eg wind). Sheet
Practical spreading rates will vary from quoted theoretical figures depending on substrate porosity, surface roughness, misalignment, overspray losses, application
methods and environmental
DULUX AcraTex Coating System for AFS LOGICWALL Building System.
Coventry
Protect fromCoarse Trowel
rain and frost Applied
for 24 hours Finish
when apply at the recommended spread rate.
o
Dry times apply to a single coat at recommended spread rate and at 25 C and 50% Relative Humidity
Allow longer times under cool, moist, or still conditions and or when applied at high film builds.
Do not apply paint if Relative Humidity is above 85% or temperature is within 3C of Dew Point.
Do not apply if the surface temperature is greater than 40C or below 10C, or likely to fall below 10C during the application or drying period.
Important Notes:
When using Bright Reds, Oranges, Blues and Yellows or where very light colours are applied over highly contrasting colours an extra coat maybe required.
At Commencement
Coatings should be of coating
applied in system application
full accordance withtorelative
the substrate
productit Technical
shall be deemed that the Applicator
and Applicational has certified that the surface which it is to be applied to is fit
data sheets.
receive the specified
This system coating(s)where
is recommended system.
panel misalignment is NOT greater than 4mm.
When theRemedial
Refer to Applicator is preparingrecommendations
Specification the site sample forwhere
approval hemisalignment
panel should adviseisthe Project
greater Superintendent
than 4mm. if the substrate condition is not of sufficient standard to
produce the specified finish.
Practical spreading rates will vary from quoted theoretical figures depending on substrate porosity, surface roughness, misalignment, overspray losses, application
Where
methods possible avoid dark colours
and environmental these
conditions (eg will give raise to much higher surface temperature that may cause addition thermal stress and cooling demand to the building
wind).
envelope and/ or require extra engineering considerations
(Greater building costs).
Protect from
Consult Duluxrain
on and frost for 24
the potential to hours when apply
use InfraCOOL at the
Heat recommended
Reflective Coatingsspread rate.
that will keep the surface cooler.
Dry times apply to a single coat at recommended spread rate and at 25oC and 50% Relative Humidity
Allow longer times under cool, moist, or still conditions and or when applied at high film builds.
The coastal area is considered a marine environment and as such salt potentially can shorten the life of the coating systems. Care needs to be taken to wash down all
areas twice. Once to remove surface contaminants, and raise salts to the surface and then secondly to remove these salts. Due to the locality, Weather conditions and
Do not
lag timeapply paintapplications
between if Relative Humidity is above
of the coating 85%itormay
system temperature is need
require the withinto3C of Dew
wash Point.
again, between coats.
Do not apply if the surface temperature is greater than 40C or below 10C, or likely to fall below 10C during the application or drying period.
A DULUX warranty can be provided on request when the full AcraTex system is applied by a DULUX AcraTex trained applicator, according to specification, & at the
When using
specified Bright Reds,
spreading rates,Oranges, Blues and
& to the surface Yellows or
preparation where
details very lightincolours
described are applied
the DULUX AcraTexover highly contrasting
Specification Manual.colours an extra coat maybe required.
At Commencement
The dynamics of theofsubstrate
coating system application
are outside to the
the control of substrate it shalland
Dulux Australia be deemed
as such that
jointthe Applicatororhas
deformation certified
cracking that the surface
is excluded which it terms.
from warranty is to beRefer
applied to is fit
warranty
receive thefor
document specified coating(s) system.
full terms.
When the Applicator is preparing the site sample for approval he should advise the Project Superintendent if the substrate condition is not of sufficient standard to
produce the specified finish.
Glancing light
Joints and panel deformation may be clearly evident under glancing light, casting visible shadows of the minute and uneven projections of the joints. Glancing light is
Where
light possible
that avoid
is nearly darktocolours
parallel these
the surface of will
the give
wall raise to much
and casts higher
visible surface
shadows temperature
and that may of
uneven projections cause addition
the joints. thermal
Just stress and
like rendered coolingJointed
masonry/ demand to theany
system building
envelope
uneven and/ or require
projections will beextra engineering
highlighted and asconsiderations
such are outside the control / scope of this specification.
(Greater building costs).
Consult Dulux on the potential to use InfraCOOL Heat Reflective Coatings that will keep the surface cooler.
When using this specification, the Applicator shall maintain records in accordance with AS3894 Parts 10, 11 and 12 and others as required by the Project Manager.
These records shall be made available for inspection at any time by the Project Manager or authorised representative and submitted to the Principal Contractor upon
The coastalof
completion area is considered a marine environment and as such salt potentially can shorten the life of the coating systems. Care needs to be taken to wash down all
work.
areas twice. Once to remove surface contaminants, and raise salts to the surface and then secondly to remove these salts. Due to the locality, Weather conditions and
lag time between applications of the coating system it may require the need to wash again, between coats.
A DULUX warranty can be provided on request when the full AcraTex system is applied by a DULUX AcraTex trained applicator, according to specification, & at the
specified spreading rates, & to the surface preparation details described in the DULUX AcraTex Specification Manual.
The dynamics of the substrate are outside the control of Dulux Australia and as such joint deformation or cracking is excluded from warranty terms. Refer warranty
document for full terms.
Glancing light
Joints and panel deformation may be clearly evident under glancing light, casting visible shadows of the minute and uneven projections of the joints. Glancing light is
light that is nearly parallel to the surface of the wall and casts visible shadows and uneven projections of the joints. Just like rendered masonry/ Jointed system any
uneven projections will be highlighted and as such are outside the control / scope of this specification.
When using this specification, the Applicator shall maintain records in accordance with AS3894 Parts 10, 11 and 12 and others as required by the Project Manager.
These records shall be made available for inspection at any time by the Project Manager or authorised representative and submitted to the Principal Contractor upon
completion of work.
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data provided within the Duspec system is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
these coating systems.
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document.
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049 427
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
116
114 any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data providedDESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
within the Duspec system
2012 is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any WALLING
of SOLUTIONS
Fig. F7.3 - Texture Roller Stipple Finish - Exterior Finishing System - Option B
Substrate:
F
TM
AFS LOGIC WALL is an innovative fast track permanent formwork system used as load bearing external and internal wall solutions for both residential & commercial
DuSpec Specification Sheet
F
construction. AFS Walling Panels incorporate CSR Cementel Fibre Cement Sheeting CEMINSEAL WALLBOARD with WATERLOCK technology.
DULUX
SubstrateAcraTex Coating System for AFS LOGICWALL Building System
Preparation:
AcraSkin Stipple Finish
Frame detail and panel fixing must comply with relevant building codes and be in strict accordance with substrate manufactures instructions & recommendations.
Dulux AcraTex recommends suitable expansion/contraction relief joints be installed at natural building weak points eg in line with openings (window / doors), at all horizontal
multilevels, and at all interfaces of different building construction materials and or as defined by Engineer.
Substrate:
All fixings must be noncorrosive, suitable for the exposure condition and be in accordance with substrate supplier recommendations.
TM
AFS
PanelLOGIC
Face &WALL is an innovative fast track permanent formwork system used as load bearing external and internal wall solutions for both residential & commercial
Joint Alignment
construction.
Panel alignmentAFSisWalling Panels
critical in all lostincorporate CSR Cementel
formwork systems Fibre attention
and specific Cement Sheeting CEMINSEAL
must be given WALLBOARD
to control of withalignment.
joint & sheeting WATERLOCK technology.
Ensure that all joints between panels
accurately align and floortofloor alignment ensures a true and flat plane across the elevation.
Substrate Preparation:
It is the responsibility of the panel installer to ensure all joints or major imperfections, misalignments are filled and sanded true & flush before applying any coatings system.
Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease or dirt, dust by hosing suitable detergent /pressure wash before coating.
Frame detail and panel fixing must comply with relevant building codes and be in strict accordance with substrate manufactures instructions & recommendations.
Dulux AcraTex recommends suitable expansion/contraction relief joints be installedNOTE :
at natural building weak points eg in line with openings (window / doors), at all horizontal
THIS
multilevels, and at all interfaces of different SYSTEM
building IS SUITABLE
construction WHERE
materials PANEL
and or ALIGNMENT
as defined TOLLERANCES ARE 4MM
by Engineer.
All fixings must be WHERE MAJOR
noncorrosive, MISALIGNMENT
suitable OCCURS,
for the exposure REFER
condition TOinADDITIONAL
and be REMEDIAL
accordance with substrateRECOMMENDATIONS
supplier recommendations.FOR PRETREATMENT
Expansion Joints:
Panel Face & Joint Alignment
Panel alignment is critical in all lost formwork systems and specific attention must be given to control of joint & sheeting alignment. Ensure that all joints between panels
accurately
CJs align
are best and floortofloor
treated alignment
before the coating ensures
system a true The
is applied. and use
flat plane across
of a PU Polythe elevation.
Urethane paintable Sealant incorporating backing rod in strict accordance with the
It
Itisisthe
theresponsibility
manufacturerresponsibilityof
ofthe
thepanel
recommendation forinstaller
panel installer
use or
on AFS WallTMall
tocoatings
ensure applicator,
joints be
should to ensure
or major
used all all jointsSelect
inimperfections,
cases. ormisalignments
major imperfections,
a colour are
that misalignments
is filled and sanded
complimentary are
to true filled
& flush
the final and sanded
before
Texture true &any
applying
colour. flush
Apply before
onapplying
coatings
Sealant system.
any coatingsofsystem.
completion the panel Remove all prior
installation surface contaminants
to coating systemsuch as oil, grease or dirt, dust by hosing suitable detergent /pressure wash before coating.
application.
NOTE :
Data Application Rate Recoat **
AFS WALLTM COATING SYSTEM THIS SYSTEM IS SUITABLE WHERE PANEL ALIGNMENT TOLLERANCES ARE 4MM
Sheet @250C & 50% RH
WHERE MAJOR MISALIGNMENT OCCURS, REFER TO ADDITIONAL REMEDIAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PRETREATMENT
JOINT FLUSHING
Expansion
DULUX AcraTex Joints:
AcraPatch Course L/Shade 19420806
Mix AcraPatch Course with 10% Portland Cement and apply to joint recess and immediately install AUSA 2925 12 m2 per Litre 8 hour
CJsAcraTex
are best Reinforcing
treated before Tape theinto the wet
coating AcraPatch
system followed
is applied. by further
The use of a PU AcraPatch to fill thepaintable
Poly Urethane recess. Sealant incorporating backing rod in strict accordance with the
Application of AcraPatch should be wet on wet to
TM insure maximum integrity of the joint.
manufacturer recommendation for use on AFS Wall should be used in all cases. Select a colour that is complimentary to the final Texture colour. Apply Sealant on
completion of the panel installation prior to coating system application.
BASE COAT
DULUX AcraTex AcraPatch High Build L/Shade 19485841
Data 0.8L / m2 / Rate
Application mm Recoat **
AFS Mix
AFS WALL Ratio
TM
LOGICWALL COATING COATING
SYSTEM SYSTEM 0
15L AcraTex 500/11 AcraPatch HB; 300mls Portland Cement (5%) Sheet @2516 C Hours
& 50% RH
1x15L
Use a power mixing device to mix thoroughly. AUDA0440 Protect from rain in
JOINT FLUSHING AcraPatch HB
Ensure that all imperfections are filled, work away from the sun (in shaded areas). first 24 hours
DULUX AcraTex AcraPatch Course L/Shade 19420806 will cover
Apply with Hawk & Trowel evenly over surface to the thickness 25mm in a single pass.
Mix AcraPatch Course with 10% Portland Cement and apply to joint recess and immediately install AUSA 2925 6 12
m2m @2 2mm thick
per Litre 8 hour
DO NOT overspread the material.
AcraTex
Follow up Reinforcing
with a lightTape into the
floating wet AcraPatch
process to level outfollowed by further
the product using AcraPatch
a polystyrene to fill
or the
red recess.
plastic float
Application of AcraPatch should be wet on wet to insure maximum integrity of the joint.
OPTIONAL PRIMER COAT
BASE
DULUXCOATAcraTex AcraPrime Water based Line/Shade 19420902 2 4 Hours
DULUX AcraTex AcraPatch High Build L/Shade 19485841 10 m / Litre per
Used to improve application and workability of texture coat. AUDA0441 0.8L /Coat
m2 / mm Protect from rain in
Mix
ApplyRatio
1 coat with a 12mm nap roller over the surface ensuring a wet edge is maintained over the first 24 hours
15L AcraTex
application 500/11 AcraPatch HB; 300mls Portland Cement (5%)
area 16 Hours
1x15L
Use a power mixing device to mix thoroughly. AUDA0440 Protect from rain in
AcraPatch HB
Ensure that
TEXTURE TOP COAT all imperfections are filled, work away from the sun (in shaded areas). first 24 hours
will cover
Apply with
DULUX Hawk &AcraSkin
AcraTex Trowel evenly
L/Shadeover19485675
surface to the thickness 25mm in a single pass. 4 Hours
6 m2 @ 2mm thick
DO NOT
Apply overspread
1 coat with a low theprofile
material.
black Texture Roller AUDA1392 2
23 m /Litre Protect from rain in
Follow
LOW up with aTEXTURE
PROFILE light floating process
requires to level
higher out the
material product using a polystyrene or red plastic float
consumption first 24 hours
Apply over the surface ensuring a wet edge is maintained over the application area
OPTIONAL PRIMER COAT
DULUX AcraTex
FINISHING TOP COAT AcraPrime Water based Line/Shade 19420902 2 4 Hours
10 m / Litre per 4 Hours
Used to
DULUX improve application
AcraTex and workability
AcraSkin Line/Shade of texture coat.
19485675 AUDA0441 Protect from rain in
4 mCoat
2
Apply AUDA1392 / Litre Protect from rain in
Apply 1 coat
with with a mm
a 1020 12mm napnap roller
roller over over
thethe surface
surface ensuring
ensuring a wet
a wet edge
edge is maintained
is maintained overover
thethe first 24 hours
application first 24 hours
application area
area
TEXTURE TOP COAT
DULUX AcraTex AcraSkin L/Shade 19485675 4 Hours
Apply 1 coat with a low profile black Texture Roller AUDA1392 23 m2 /Litre Protect from rain in
LOW PROFILE TEXTURE requires higher material consumption first 24 hours
Apply over the surface ensuring a wet edge is maintained over the application area
AcraTex -AFS
DULUX AcraTex AFSLOGICWALL
WALL AcraPatch High Build
AcraPatch High Finishing System
Build Finishing System
Duspec Prepared By Shane Langkilde
AcraSkin Stipple Finish Page 1 of 2
Duspec No AC1202 Issue No 4 Date 01.05.2012 Approved By Ian Schultz
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data provided within the Duspec system is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
DULUX AcraTex AFS WALL AcraPatch High Build Finishing System
these coating systems.
Duspec Prepared By Shane Langkilde
AcraSkin
This specification should Stipple
be read Finish with the Product Datasheets specified within this document.
in conjunction Page 1 of 2
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049 427
Duspec No AC1202 Issue No 4 Date 01.05.2012 Approved By Ian Schultz
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data provided within the Duspec system is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
these coating systems. 117
115
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document.
WALLING SOLUTIONS
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049 DESIGNER
DESIGNER
427 2015
2012
Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
Important Notes:
Fig. F7.3 - Texture Roller Stipple Finish - Exterior Finishing System - Option B continued
Coatings should be applied in full accordance with relative product Technical and Applicational data sheets.
This system is recommended where panel misalignment is NOT greater than 4mm.
Refer to Remedial Specification recommendations where panel misalignment is greater than 4mm.
DuSpec Specification
conditions (eg wind). Sheet
Practical spreading rates will vary from quoted theoretical figures depending on substrate porosity, surface roughness, misalignment, overspray losses, application
methods and environmental
DULUX AcraTex Coating System for AFS LOGICWALL Building System
AcraSkin
Protect fromStipple Finish
rain and frost for 24 hours when apply at the recommended spread rate.
o
Dry times apply to a single coat at recommended spread rate and at 25 C and 50% Relative Humidity
Allow longer times under cool, moist, or still conditions and or when applied at high film builds.
Do not apply paint if Relative Humidity is above 85% or temperature is within 3C of Dew Point.
Do not apply if the surface temperature is greater than 40C or below 10C, or likely to fall below 10C during the application or drying period.
Important Notes:
When using Bright Reds, Oranges, Blues and Yellows or where very light colours are applied over highly contrasting colours an extra coat maybe required.
At Commencement
Coatings should be of coating
applied in system application
full accordance withtorelative
the substrate
productit Technical
shall be deemed that the Applicator
and Applicational has certified that the surface which it is to be applied to is fit
data sheets.
receive the specified
This system coating(s)where
is recommended system.
panel misalignment is NOT greater than 4mm.
When theRemedial
Refer to Applicator is preparingrecommendations
Specification the site sample forwhere
approval hemisalignment
panel should adviseisthe Project
greater Superintendent
than 4mm. if the substrate condition is not of sufficient standard to
produce the specified finish.
Practical spreading rates will vary from quoted theoretical figures depending on substrate porosity, surface roughness, misalignment, overspray losses, application
Where
methods possible avoid dark colours
and environmental these
conditions (eg will give raise to much higher surface temperature that may cause addition thermal stress and cooling demand to the
wind).
building envelope and/ or require extra engineering considerations
(Greater building costs).
Protect from
Consult Duluxrain
on and frost for 24
the potential to hours when apply
use InfraCOOL at the
Heat recommended
Reflective Coatingsspread rate.
that will keep the surface cooler.
Dry times apply to a single coat at recommended spread rate and at 25oC and 50% Relative Humidity
Allow longer times under cool, moist, or still conditions and or when applied at high film builds.
The coastal area is considered a marine environment and as such salt potentially can shorten the life of the coating systems. Care needs to be taken to wash down all
areas twice. Once to remove surface contaminants, and raise salts to the surface and then secondly to remove these salts. Due to the locality, Weather conditions and
Do not
lag timeapply paintapplications
between if Relative Humidity is above
of the coating 85%itormay
system temperature is need
require the withinto3C of Dew
wash Point.
again, between coats.
Do not apply if the surface temperature is greater than 40C or below 10C, or likely to fall below 10C during the application or drying period.
A DULUX warranty can be provided on request when the full AcraTex system is applied by a DULUX AcraTex trained applicator, according to specification, & at the
When using
specified Bright Reds,
spreading rates,Oranges, Blues and
& to the surface Yellows or
preparation where
details very lightincolours
described are applied
the DULUX AcraTexover highly contrasting
Specification Manual.colours an extra coat maybe required.
At Commencement
The dynamics of theofsubstrate
coating system application
are outside to the
the control of substrate it shalland
Dulux Australia be deemed
as such that
jointthe Applicatororhas
deformation certified
cracking that the surface
is excluded which it terms.
from warranty is to beRefer
applied to is fit
warranty
receive thefor
document specified coating(s) system.
full terms.
When the Applicator is preparing the site sample for approval he should advise the Project Superintendent if the substrate condition is not of sufficient standard to
produce the specified finish.
Glancing light
Joints and panel deformation may be clearly evident under glancing light, casting visible shadows of the minute and uneven projections of the joints. Glancing light is
Where
light possible
that avoid
is nearly darktocolours
parallel these
the surface of will
the give
wall raise to much
and casts higher
visible surface
shadows temperature
and that may of
uneven projections cause addition
the joints. thermal
Just stress and
like rendered coolingJointed
masonry/ demand to theany
system
building projections
uneven envelope and/ will or
berequire extraand
highlighted engineering
as such areconsiderations
outside the control / scope of this specification.
(Greater building costs).
Consult Dulux on the potential to use InfraCOOL Heat Reflective Coatings that will keep the surface cooler.
When using this specification, the Applicator shall maintain records in accordance with AS3894 Parts 10, 11 and 12 and others as required by the Project Manager.
These records shall be made available for inspection at any time by the Project Manager or authorised representative and submitted to the Principal Contractor upon
The coastalof
completion area is considered a marine environment and as such salt potentially can shorten the life of the coating systems. Care needs to be taken to wash down all
work.
areas twice. Once to remove surface contaminants, and raise salts to the surface and then secondly to remove these salts. Due to the locality, Weather conditions and
lag time between applications of the coating system it may require the need to wash again, between coats.
A DULUX warranty can be provided on request when the full AcraTex system is applied by a DULUX AcraTex trained applicator, according to specification, & at the
specified spreading rates, & to the surface preparation details described in the DULUX AcraTex Specification Manual.
The dynamics of the substrate are outside the control of Dulux Australia and as such joint deformation or cracking is excluded from warranty terms. Refer warranty
document for full terms.
Glancing light
Joints and panel deformation may be clearly evident under glancing light, casting visible shadows of the minute and uneven projections of the joints. Glancing light is
light that is nearly parallel to the surface of the wall and casts visible shadows and uneven projections of the joints. Just like rendered masonry/ Jointed system any
uneven projections will be highlighted and as such are outside the control / scope of this specification.
When using this specification, the Applicator shall maintain records in accordance with AS3894 Parts 10, 11 and 12 and others as required by the Project Manager.
These records shall be made available for inspection at any time by the Project Manager or authorised representative and submitted to the Principal Contractor upon
completion of work.
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data provided within the Duspec system is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
these coating systems.
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document.
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049 427
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as
118
116 indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data provided within the Duspec system is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
DESIGNER
these coating systems.DESIGNER2015 2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document.
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049 427
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
F72.3 SUPPLEMENTARY HIGH
Finishing Systems BUILD continued
Overview (MISALIGNMENT) REMEDIAL ADVICE
Fig. F7.4 - AFS Approved Dulux AcraTex Recommendation - Remediation for Misaligned Panels
F
F
Fig. F7.5F7
- DuluxFinishing Systems Overview
Material Warranty continued
- (Project Specific)
F
F
Fig. F7.5warrants
Dulux AcraTex - Dulux its
Material
productsWarranty - (Project
and systems Specific) with its documented Warranty procedures and pursuant to
in accordance
Registered Applicators providing co-workmanship warranties ensuring correct and proper installation in full accordance with
F
Dulux
approved AcraTex
Dulux warrants its products and systems in accordance with its documented Warranty procedures and pursuant to
recommendations:
Registered Applicators providing co-workmanship warranties ensuring correct and proper installation in full accordance with
10 Yearapproved
Dulux AcraTex Material Warranty is applicable on approved system installations incorporating (1) final Weatherproofing
Dulux recommendations:
AcraShield or AcraSkin Topcoat application.
10 Year Dulux AcraTex Material Warranty is applicable on approved system installations incorporating (1) final Weatherproofing
15 yearAcraShield or AcraSkin Topcoat application.
Dulux AcraTex Material Warranty is applicable on approved system installations incorporating (2) final Weatherproofing
15 year Dulux AcraTex
AcraShield or AcraSkin Topcoat Material Warranty is applicable on approved system installations incorporating (2) final Weatherproofing
applications.
AcraShield or AcraSkin Topcoat applications.
10 Year Warranty Example
10 Year Warranty Example
Dulux will not be liable under the Warranty unless the Customer makes a claim pursuant to the procedure
Project Name set out in this Warranty;
Dulux will not be liable under the Warranty unless the Customer makes a claim pursuant to the procedure
Project Name
Project Address set out in this Warranty;
Dulux will not be liable under the Warranty unless the Applicator has signed the Applicators Confirmation
Project Address
Surface Area Application Date below;
Dulux will not be liable under the Warranty unless the Applicator has signed the Applicators Confirmation
Surface Area
Dulux Specification No Application Date below;
Dulux will not be liable under the Warranty for any consequential or indirect loss of any kind or loss of
income, profit, business, goodwill or reputation arising out of or in any way connected with the sale or
Applicator application
Dulux of will
the coating
not be system; and the Warranty for any consequential or indirect loss of any kind or loss of
liable under
Dulux Specification No Except as expressly provided to the contrary in the Warranty, Dulux will be under no liability in respect to
income, profit, business, goodwill or reputation arising out of or in any way connected with the sale or
SUBSTRATE AFS LOGIC WALL STRUCTUAL WALLING SYSTEM any loss or damage howsoever caused and whether arising directly or indirectly out of negligence or
Applicator application
otherwise. of the coating system; and
Except as expressly provided to the contrary in the Warranty, Dulux will be under no liability in respect to
Duluxs warranty in respect of the installed Dulux products in accordance with the nominated Duspec
SUBSTRATE AFS LOGIC WALL STRUCTUAL WALLING SYSTEM Makingany lossunder
a claim or damage howsoever caused and whether arising directly or indirectly out of negligence or
the Warranty
Coating Specification is made up of the terms set out expressly in this document (the Warranty).
The Customer must give Dulux written notice of any claim pursuant to the Warranty within fourteen (14)
otherwise.
The benefits of the Warranty are in addition to other rights and remedies under any applicable law.
days of any defect coming to the Customers notice and within ninety (90) days of the defect becoming
Duluxs warranty in respect of the installed Dulux products in accordance with the nominated Duspec apparent.
The Warranty Making a claim under the Warranty
Coating Specification is made
Dulux warrants to the up of thethat
Customer terms
theset outproducts
Dulux expressly in this document
in accordance with the (the Warranty).
nominated Duspec The Customer
The Customer must
must contact give
Dulux byDulux
: written notice of any claim pursuant to the Warranty within fourteen (14)
The benefits of the Warranty
Coating areas
Specification instated
addition to other
above, rightswith
will comply and theremedies under
relevant Dulux any applicable
products law.
performance
post: days
Duluxof any defect
AcraTex, coming
1 Jeanes to the Customers
Street Beverley, noticeacratex@dulux.com.au.
SA, 5009 , or email: and within ninety (90) days of the defect becoming
specification(s) and will retain its film integrity and not peel or suffer deterioration due to faulty formulation
apparent.
The Customer must show proof of purchase and bear all expenses incurred in making a claim.
The Warrantyor manufacture.
ThetoWarranty
Dulux warrants applies for
the Customer that[10]the
years [fromproducts
Dulux the date ofinpurchase].
accordance with the nominated Duspec Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australian Consumer Law. You are
The Customer must contact Dulux by :
Coating Specification as stated above, will comply with the relevant Dulux products performance
If, subject to the terms of the Warranty, the products do not comply with the Dulux Specification(s), Dulux
entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and compensation for any other reasonably
post:loss or
foreseeable Dulux AcraTex,
damage. 1 Jeanes
You are Street
also entitled Beverley,
to have SA, repaired
the goods 5009 , ororemail:
replacedacratex@dulux.com.au.
if the goods fail
specification(s)
will:and will retain its film integrity and not peel or suffer deterioration due to faulty formulation
or manufacture. replace the installed system or supply an equivalent system; to be ofThe Customer
acceptable must
quality show
and proofdoes
the failure of purchase
not amount and
to abear
majorall expenses incurred in making a claim.
failure.
The Warranty applies
for [10]
repair years [from
the installed the date of purchase].
system;
Dulux Warranty Confirmation & Registration
pay the cost of having the installed system repaired; or Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded under the Australian Consumer Law. You are
refund the price paid for the installed system. entitled to a replacement or refund for a major failure and compensation for any other reasonably
If, subject to the terms of the Warranty, the products do not comply with the Dulux Specification(s), Dulux
foreseeable loss or damage.
Dated this day of You are also entitled to have the goods repaired or replaced if the goods fail
will: In these circumstances, Dulux will have full discretion to choose which of the above actions are
Warranty
replace the installed
undertaken system
to remedy or supply
the situation. Thean equivalent
Warranty system;
is personal to the Customer and supersedes any and all Signed to be of acceptable quality and the failure does not amount to a major failure.
Number
on behalf of Dulux
repair theprior
other installed system;
agreements and understandings between the parties in relation to its subject matter.
pay the cost of having the installed system repaired; or Name Dulux Warranty Confirmation & Registration
Limitations
refund the priceof the Warranty
paid for the installed system.
Dulux will not be liable under the Warranty if the installation of Dulux products is not in strict accordance Position
with the instructions provided by or available from Dulux including the Specification; Dated this day of
Warranty
In these circumstances, Dulux will have full discretion to choose which of the above actions are
Signed Number
undertaken to remedy
Dulux will notthe
be situation.
liable underThe
the Warranty
Warranty if is personal
the substrateto
onthe Customer
which the systemand supersedes
is installed to: any and all
Applicators Confirmation
on behalf of Dulux
other prior agreements and understandings
is not of a standard between
and fitness meeting therequirements
all statutory parties in relation to itscode
and building subject matter.
standards; or
The Applicator hereby confirms that the Dulux products in accordance with the nominated Duspec
has not been prepared strictly in accordance with the instructions provided by or available from Dulux
CoatingName
Specification have been installed to the Project in strict accordance with the specification and
including the Specification;
Limitations of the Warranty instructions provided by or available from Dulux including the Dulux Specification, and that the Applicator
Dulux will not Dulux
be liable under theunder
Warranty if the installation ofdamage
Dulux products is notcaused
in strictbyaccordance will be responsible
Position for any loss or damage caused or contributed to by its faulty application.
will not be liable the Warranty for any loss or wholly or partly one or more
with the instructions
of: provided by or available from Dulux including the Specification;
Application
hydrostatic pressure, settling, movement, cracking, lifting, peeling, flaking, failure or other deterioration of Company
Company
Dulux will not the
besubstrate or previous
liable under coating orifnon
the Warranty thecompliance products;
substrate on whichorthe system is installed to: Signed Applicators Confirmation Registration No
corrosion, ingress of moisture or other contaminants, maltreatment, excessive wear/tear, staining or
is not of a standard and fitness meeting all statutory requirements and building code standards; or on behalf of Applicator
discolouration; or The Applicator hereby confirms that the Dulux products in accordance with the nominated Duspec
has not beenfaulty
prepared strictly in accordance with the instructions
design and / or construction of the building; or provided by or available from Dulux Name Coating Specification have been installed to the Project in strict accordance with the specification and
including thedefective
Specification;
products manufactured by a third party and supplied or specified by Dulux provided that Dulux
Position
instructions provided by or available from Dulux including the Dulux Specification, and that the Applicator
has notified Customer that the product is a third party product; or
will be responsible for any loss or damage caused or contributed to by its faulty application.
Dulux will not without
be liable underany
limitation theother
Warranty for anythe
cause outside loss or damage
reasonable wholly
control or partly caused by one or more
of Dulux;
of:
Dulux will not be liable under the Warranty if another non compliance product(s) or coating has been Application **IMPORTANT:
hydrostatic pressure, settling, movement, cracking, lifting, peeling, flaking, failure or other deterioration of
applied over the coating system; Company
Please note the Warranty is Invalid if a Customers Application signed copy is not Company
returned to
the substrate or previous coating or non compliance products; or Registration No
Signed Dulux AcraTex at 1 Jeanes St, Beverly SA, 5009
corrosion, ingress of moisture or other contaminants, maltreatment, excessive wear/tear, staining or or on
thebehalf
Account Manager responsible for the account within 30 working days of Dulux Registration
of Applicator
discolouration; or
faulty design and / or construction of the building; or Dulux AcraTex AFS LOGICWALL Coating System Warranty Name Dulux AcraTex AFS LOGICWALL Coating System Warranty
1 of 2 Page 2 of 2
defective products manufactured by a third party and supplied or specified by Dulux providedPage that Dulux
has notified Customer that the product is a third party product; or Position
without limitation any other cause outside the reasonable control of Dulux;
Dulux will not be liable under the Warranty if another non compliance product(s) or coating has been **IMPORTANT:
applied over the coating system; Please note the Warranty is Invalid if a Customers Application signed copy is not returned to
Dulux AcraTex at 1 Jeanes St, Beverly SA, 5009
or the Account Manager responsible for the account within 30 working days of Dulux Registration
Dulux AcraTex AFS LOGICWALL Coating System Warranty Dulux AcraTex AFS LOGICWALL Coating System Warranty
118 Page 1 of 2 Page 2 of 2
120
118
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
F8 Cladding Systems
F
F
composite panel, and CSR Cemintel Designer Series
prefinished fibrous cement composite panel.
Cladding systems such as these offer the building designer
greater choice and flexibility when designing with AFS
LOGICWALL. In particular the CSR Cemintel Designer Series
offers:
Unique aesthetic appeal, which is lightweight and durable.
An innovative fixing system, which rapidly reduces
installation time.
A multi layered coating system designed for long lasting
performance
Texture and depth of colour making it suitable for use on
existing brick or fibre cement facades.
Available in a variety of textures and colours.
For further information on Designer Series Facade
systems contact the AFS Sales Office - 1300 727 237.
F9 Durability
121
119
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
External Design Considerations
External Design Considerations
Cyclone Testing
F
122
120
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
G Performance
G1 Introduction
G2 Fire Resistance
G3 Acoustics
G4 Thermal Insulation
G5 Structural Durability
G6 Weatherproofing
Performance
2015 EDITION
G Performance
Performance
Performance
Disclaimer: This section of the AFS Designer is intended only by AFS to represent good building practice. This section is not intended in any way by AFS to
represent all relevant information required on a project. It is the responsibility of those using AFS LOGICWALL, including but not limited to builders,
designers, consultants and engineers, to verify that AFS LOGICWALL is suitable for use on a project. All diagram, plans and illustrations used in this section
including any reinforcement shown are included for indicative and diagrammatic purposes only. It is the responsibility of those using AFS LOGICWALL to
ensure that reference is made to the structural engineers details for all diagrammatic and reinforcement requirements.
G1 Introduction
G
G
AFS LOGICWALL is permanent formwork for reinforced treatment required. For thermal insulation AFS LOGICWALL
concrete. Its material properties when concrete core filled walls, in most cases, require the additional treatment of foam,
deliver excellent performance characteristics particularly for foil board or wool insulation products to satisfy Section J of
fire resistance and building acoustics. the BCA.
AFS LOGICWALL walls can satisfy BCA requirements for This section reviews each performance requirement in detail.
fire and acoustics in certain applications without additional
G2 Fire Resistance
Fire Resistance Levels (FRLs) CSIRO FRL Test
Fire rating requirements of the BCA are specified in terms of In March 2004 and again in November 2011, AFS
Fire Resistance Levels (FRL). The FRL specifies the LOGICWALL wall panels were subjected to a Fire Resistance
performance, in minutes, of fire tested specimens for each of Test by the CSIRO in Sydney.
the following three design criteria when fire tested to the
In 2004 an AFS150 wall (150mm AFS LOGICWALL), and in
requirements of the Australian Standard AS1530 Methods
2011 an AFS120 (120mm AFS LOGICWALL) were
for Fire Tests on Building Materials, Components and
constructed replicating on-site conditions, i.e. subjected to a
Structures part 4 Fire-Resistance Tests of Elements of
typical load, reinforced horizontally and vertically, electrical
Building Construction:
services installed in the wall and core filled with a concrete mix
Structural Adequacy and method the same as would be adopted on site.
Integrity
2004 Test Results (AFS150)
Insulation
The following results were achieved (refer report No.FSV1038
A wall system under fire test that carries its load for 240 by CSIRO):
minutes and maintains its integrity and insulation for 240
minutes is given a FRL of 240/240/240, i.e. 240 minutes Structural adequacy - no failure at 240 minutes
structural adequacy, 240 minutes integrity and 240 Integrity - no failure at 240 minutes
minutes insulation. Insulation - 236 minutes
Systems constructed to the standard required for a particular The following notes were also made by CSIRO:
FRL may be used to satify the requirements of lesser FRL. Fire Resistance Level (FRL):
For the purpose of building regulations in Australia, the FRL of
the test specimen was 240/240/180.
The fire resistance level of the specimen is applicable when
the system is exposed to fire from either side, as the specimen
was symmetrical.
For the purposes of AS 1530.4 the results of these fire tests
may be used to directly assess fire hazard, but it should
be noted that a single test method will not provide a full
assessment of fire hazard under all fire conditions.
123
121
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Performance
GG Performance
124
122
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Performance
Performance
Fig. G3.1 Fire-Resistance Test Report Certificate - 2004 Test (AFS150)
G
G
125
123
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Performance
Performance
Certificate of Test
G
No. 2347
G
This is to certify that the element of construction described below was tested by the CSIRO Division of
Manufacturing and Infrastructure Technology in accordance with Australian Standard 1530, Methods for
fire tests on building materials, components and structures, Part 4-2005, Fire-resistance test of elements
of construction on behalf of:
A full description of the test specimen and the complete test results are detailed in the Division's
sponsored investigation report numbered FSV 1513.
DESCRIPTION: The specimen comprised a reinforced concrete wall system 3000-mm high x
3000-mm wide x 120-mm thick made up of three pre-fabricated permanent
formwork panels core-filled with concrete after assembly.
The pre-fabricated permanent formwork panels, 1200-mm wide x 3000-mm high,
comprised two 6-mm thick fibre cement sheets (CSR Waterblock Technology)
bonded to the perforated steel stud assembly using AFS Structural Adhesive. The
studs, nominally 2900-mm long x 108-mm wide x 35-mm high, with perforations
shown in drawing numbered AFS-CSIR-23-11-11, dated 23 November 2011, by
Peter Ellsmore & Associates Pty Ltd., were equally spaced over the width of the
panel at nominally 140-mm centres. The wall was reinforced with N12 reinforcing
bars at 400-mm centres vertically and 600-mm centres horizontally.
The panels were appropriately braced and 32 Mpa 120-mm slump concrete was
pumped in through the top openings in 1500-mm high layers, and trowelled off
when completely filled.
A total load of 700 kN was applied to the specimen for the duration of the test.
The element of construction described above satisfied the following criteria for fire-resistance for the period
stated
and therefore for the purpose of Building Regulations in Australia, achieved a fire-resistance level (FRL) of
240/240/180. The FRL is applicable for exposure to fire from either direction.
This certificate is provided for general information only and does not comply with the regulatory
requirements for evidence of compliance.
Garry E Collins
Manager, Fire Testing and Assessments
124 126
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Performance
Performance
G3 Acoustics
G
G
The BCA provides basically four avenues of compliance for a
space to another and the control of noise levels within a space.
wall or floor system.
The Acoustic terms used in this section are explained as
1. By measurements carried out by acoustic laboratory.
follows:
2. By reference to deem to satisfy systems contained within
Rw BCA.
3. By on site verification by acoustic testing of the completed
An Rw value is a laboratory measurement to determine the
installation.
effectiveness of a system as a noise insulator.
4. By expert judgement.
Ctr
A Ctr is an adjustment factor to account for low frequency AFS LOGICWALL uses a combination of conditions 1, 3 and
noise. 4 above to demonstrate compliance and also relies upon
Ctr was originally a correction factor for traffic noise, however acoustic tests carried out by approved acoustic laboratories.
it is also useful for representing noise sources such as home The acoustic performance of the AFS162 AFS LOGICWALL
entertainment systems, home cinema, rock music, distant (162mm thick) panel has been measured in an acoustic
jet aircraft and low speed rail traffic. It reflects the perceived laboratory and is compared to a 150mm concrete panel
sound reduction through an element subjected to these typical which is a deemed to satisfy construction contained in
urban noises. Table 2 of the BCA. All acoustic measurements were made
Ctr is a negative number so Rw + Ctr will be less than Rw. It is in the same acoustic laboratory. The AFS LOGICWALL
not a constant and varies from system to system. provides the same acoustic performance as the 150mm
concrete panel.
Dnt,w
Assessment of acoustic performance for differing thickness of
A Dnt,w is a field measurement that is more indicative of the the AFS LOGICWALL panel is possible based on the
actual sound insulation of a system. The laboratory rating laboratory measurements. For the AFS LOGICWALL panel of
and field rating differ as the field measurements usually have 150mm and thicker the fibre cement facing sheets neither
sound transmission paths other than the one through the wall add nor detract from the acoustic performance. Whilst
itself (flanking) and may have different room absorbtion, wall there are differences in the coincidence dip frequencies of
areas and room volumes that are constant in a laboratory. the fibre cement face panel and the concrete infill, the
A field measurement is more useful as it reflects clearly the concrete dominates and the acoustic performance is as if the
acoustic performance commensurate with normal building wall is entirely of concrete.
practice. A laboratory is useful as it shows the maximum In providing an assessment of the likely field performance,
performance from the panel but it may not accurately reflect a range of performances are given. The results on site,
how the panel will perform in a building. even if best workmanship is carried out and the sound
flanking paths have been well controlled, will vary. This is due
in part to where the partition is located within the total
apartment block and the nature and the mass of the
terminating walls.
127
125
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Performance
GG Performance
G3 Acoustics continued
consistently in the range of Dntw + Ctr of 49 47. This is a
Acoustic Consulting. The document is in a Part A and Part B
much better result than would have been predicted by the
configuration, the Part A provides the predicted results whilst
original CSIRO test TL463a carried out in July 2006.
Part B provides the supporting information. This document is
available on our website.
128
126
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
6mm Fibre 6mm Fibre
AFS Steel Studs AFS Steel Studs
Cement Cement
Concrete Concrete
infill infill
g B.7
g B.5
Performance
Performance
AFS AFS
Fig. G3.2.1 Standard AFS LOGICWALL
150mm
Wall
120 or
150mm
Wall
DNTW Wall
Wall Type RW RW+CTR DNTW Composition
+CTR Application
Internal
lining
G
Furring
G
channel
AFS 120 50 47 49-45 46-42
External facades,
service shafts*
AFS 150 54 g50
B.6 53-49
Beta 49-45
Fix Clip
g B.8
40mm
AFS 162 55 50 54-50
insulation 49-45
board
Fig. G3.2.2 AFS LOGICWALL with separate stud wall system providing impact isolation
DNTW Wall
Wall Type RW RW+CTR DNTW Composition
+CTR Application
129
127
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Performance
GG Performance
G3 Acoustics continued
NOTES
1. To achieve a discontinuous construction, a separate AFS LOGICWALL walls can result in degradation of
stud wall is required. To maintain the discontinuous acoustic performance. This will particularly occur with the
construction the plumbing or other services must be run use of 10mm plasterboard. If plasterboard lining is to be
within the studs of the separate wall. There must be no used it should be at least 13mm thick. It is essential that
direct connection between the plumbing services and the there are no air gaps between the plasterboard and the
AFS LOGICWALL wall other than at the perimeter. face of the concrete panel as can be created by large
2. The use of plasterboard lining to the face of the dobs of wallboard adhesive. It is recommended that the
wallboard adhesive be a combed screed application so
that the plasterboard lining can be firmly pressed against
the AFS LOGICWALL panel.
G4 Thermal Insulation
A primary objective for a designer when planning a building 2. Thermal Insulation & Mass
is to design a building fabric external elements such as
The BCA recognizes the benefit o f thermal c apacity o r mass,
ceilings, roofs and floors, which will deliver a cost effective,
and so provides R concessions for heavyweight walls such as
comfortable living or working environment for the inhabitants.
AFS LOGICWALL walls.
AFS LOGICWALL walls being a monolithic concrete barrier
Heavy mass delays the transfer of outdoor temperature
possess inherent features which greatly assist the designer
variations, improving indoor comfort. The concrete
in achieving the objective of thermal mass and air tightness.
construction of AFS LOGICWALL walls provides a significant
thermal mass barrier to the external elements. If necessary
1. Energy Efficiency BCA Section J additional insulation materials can be installed with AFS
The BCA Volumes 1 and 2 contain thermal performance LOGICWALL walls to achieve the higher R-values specified
requirements in terms of minimum Total R for building fabric by the BCA. This in turn not only enhances occupant comfort,
(the external ceilings, floors and walls) of new buildings in but also reduces heating/cooling costs and improves the
Australia. acoustic performance of the wall against outside noise.
Insulation materials should be installed with AFS
The total R-Value is the total thermal resistance of a building surface, including
indoor and outdoor air film resistance. LOGICWALL walls so as to form a continuous thermal
barrier.
For Volume 1 (non-housing), the requirements are in Part J1,
for Volume 2 (housing) the requirements are in Part 3.12.1,
(Refer to www.abcb.gov.au )
130
128
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Performance
Performance
G4 Thermal Insulation continued
G
G
Due to AFS LOGICWALL walls being a uniform concrete Prevention of condensation can be achieved by the following
monolithic mass, the air infiltration rate is practically zero common practices:-
eliminating the possibility of drafts and currents from
Running bathroom fans while showering and leaving
outside. This contributes significantly to the thermal
them on for a time afterwards.
insulation of the building.
Dry clothes outside, in a dryer with the laundry fan
Condensation is not uncommon in new buildings, apartments running or on a rack in the bathroom with the bathroom
in particular. In fact, it is increased thermal insulation fan running, or in a communal drying facility.
requirements that exacerbate condensation risk, so careful Avoid using humidifiers and other appliances which
thermal design, vapour barrier placement and construction create steam/water vapour.
practices are essential to minimise condensation. If using steamers, urns or boiling water, ensure the
Housing stock in Australia has historically been quite deficient rangehood is operating. (Rangehoods should exhaust
in preventing air leakage. Poor sealing and high-level open to outside and must not be recycling type.)
wall vents, meant water vapour from clothes dryers, showers Leave windows ajar some of the time, particularly in
and baths was carried from the building before condensing. bathrooms.
With increased insulation and better techniques for Consider opening the outside doors and windows for a
preventing heat loss, buildings can no longer accommodate few minutes each day to flush out humid air.
significant evaporation inside. The water vapour does not exit
4. AFS LOGICWALL System Selection
the dwelling as there are no air gaps for the air to carry it
away, so it condenses on the coolest surface, typically the The attached JMF Total R calculations show the various
window glass. Although it may look excessive, it is an AFS LOGICWALL wall systems can provide Total R
operational issue rather than a building fault. performance to suit the different climate zones for different
classes of buildings.
Activities such as failing to run fans while showering and
while a room dries out, drying clothes inside without a dryer Step 1. From the following Climate Zone Map,
and exhaust fan operating, and appliances such as food determine the particular Climate Zone for the location.
steamers, kettles, urns and humidifiers, all contribute to (For more detailed maps see www.abcb.gov.au)
water vapour and therefore potentially to condensation. The
Step 2. Determine the Class of the building.
formation of condensation typically illustrates that the building
is well sealed against draughts and well insulated. Step 3. From the Climate Zone and Class of building
determine the required Total R value for the wall from the
Thermal Insulation Systems Options Table on page 133-135.
131
129
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
GG Performance
Performance
130
G Performance
132
130
Fig.
110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160
Fig.
110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160
G4G4
G4.1
G4.1
Oenpelli Nhulunbuy
Darwin
10
Oenpelli Nhulunbuy 10
Darwin Weipa
Climate
10
Weipa 10
Katherine
Katherine
Thermal
DESIGNER
Wyndham
ClimateZones
Timber Creek
Wyndham Cooktown
Timber Creek
Borroloola
Cooktown
Borroloola
DESIGNER2015
Elliot Cairns
15
2012
Derby Cairns
Zones(Map
Elliot 15
15 Burketown
DESIGNER 2012
Derby
Broome 15
Halls Creek Burketown
Broome
Halls Creek
Mount Isa
Mount Isa
Port Hedland
Port Hedland
(Mapsupplied
Dampier
Dampier Mackay
Telfer Mackay
Telfer
suppliedby
20
20 20
Exmouth Alice Springs 20
Exmouth Alice Springs Longreach
Newman Longreach
Newman Rockhampton
Rockhampton
Yulara Yulara
Insulationcontinued
continued
by ABCB)
ABCB)
25 25 Innamincka
Innamincka
Thargomindah
Thargomindah 25
25
Brisbane
Brisbane
Coober PedyCoober Pedy
Yalgoo Goondiwindi
Goondiwindi
Yalgoo
Tibooburra
Tibooburra
Geraldton Geraldton
Leigh Creek
Leigh Creek Bourke Bourke
KalgoorlieBoulder
KalgoorlieBoulder Nullarbor
Nullarbor Coffs Harbour
Broken Hill Coffs Harbour
Broken Hill Tamworth
Merredin Eucla Tamworth
Merredin Eucla Ceduna
Norseman Ceduna Port Macquarie
Whyalla Dubbo Port Macquarie
Perth Norseman Whyalla Ivanhoe Dubbo
30 Perth Ivanhoe
30 30
Burra Lord Howe Island 30
Newdegate
Burra Mildura Bathurst Lord Howe Island
Newdegate Esperance Newcastle
Bunbury Esperance Mildura Bathurst Newcastle
Bunbury Renmark Griffith
Port Lincoln Adelaide Renmark
Sydney
Margaret River Griffith Sydney
Port Lincoln Adelaide
Margaret River Kingscote Wollongong
Kingscote Wollongong
Albany Climate Zones AlburyWodonga
Canberra
Albany Climate Zones HorshamAlburyWodonga
Canberra
Kingston SE
Zone 1 Zone 5 Horsham Shepparton
Kingston SE
Zone 1 Zone 5 Ballarat Shepparton
Melbourne
Mount Gambier Ballarat
35 Zone 2 Zone 6 Melbourne
Mount Gambier 35
35 Zone 2 Zone 6 Lakes Entrance
35
Zone 3 Zone 7 Lakes Entrance
Zone 3 Zone 7
Zone 4 Zone 8
Zone 4 Zone 8
Devonport
Launceston
Devonport
Strahan Launceston www.abcb.gov.au
Swansea
Local Government Area boundary Strahan Hobart www.abcb.gov.au
Swansea Last amended: May 2009
WALLING SOLUTIONS
WALLING SOLUTIONS
AFS
162mm
Wall
Common
area 20mm
cavity
Performance
Performance
Plasterboard
G4 Thermal Insulation continued lining
Fig. G4.2 Thermal System Options
AFS
G
Total R-values BCA
G
Product Composition Diagram Climate
Code Summer Winter Zone
l External
6mm FC Sheet
108mm concrete
6mm FC Sheet
fig B.4
AFS 120 20mm reflective air gap
with
R0.15 generic antiglare 1.79 2.0 1-7*
Antiglare
Bubble Foil bubble-foil insulation
28mm reflective air gap
10mm plasterboard
Internal Internal
External External
6mm FC Sheet
108mm concrete
6mm FC Sheet Fig G4.2.4
Fig G4.2.2
AFS 120 20mm reflective air gap
with Bubble R0.14 generic antiglare 1.82 2.04 1-7*
Foil bubble-foil insulation
28mm reflective air gap
10mm plasterboard
Internal
External
133
131
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Cement
timber frame
Concrete
infill
fig B.1
AFS
162mm
Habitable Wall
space
Performance
AFS Common
GG Performance
area 20mm
150mm
G4 Thermal Insulation
Wall
continued cavity
Plasterboard
lining
External External
6mmfigFCB.3
Sheet
108mm concrete
6mm FC Sheet
AFS 120 25mm PIR (24kg/m)
with 25mm 2.09 2.34 1-7*
PIR
with bright RFL
28mm reflective air gap
10mm plasterboard
Internal Internal
6mm Fibre 6mm Fibre
AFS Steel Studs AFS Steel Studs
Cement Cement
External External
Concrete Concrete
infill infill
6mm FCfigSheet
B.5
138mm concrete
6mm FC Sheet Fig G4.2.4
AFS 150 10mm SL Class (13.5kg/
with 10mm 1.25 1.40 1-7*
EPS
m)EPS with RFL
28mm reflective air gap AFS150mm
AFS
120 or
10mm plasterboard Wall 150mm
Wall
Internal Internal
6mm Fibre
AFS Steel Studs
Cement
External Internal
External
Concrete
infill
6mm FC Sheet
fig B.6 Fig G4.2.7
138mm concrete
6mm FC Sheet
AFS 150 25mm SL Class (13.5kg/
with 25mm 1.65 1.82 1-7*
EPS
m) EPS with RFL
AFS
28mm reflective air gap 150mm,
10mm plasterboard 162mm,
or 200mm
Wall
External
Internal
Internal
134
132
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
External External
Fig G4.2.4
Fig G4.2.2
Performance
Performance
G4 Thermal Insulation continued
G
Code Internal Summer Winter Zone
G
External
xternal External
6mm FC Sheet
138mm concrete
Fig G4.2.6 Fig G4.2.7
AFS 150 6mm FC Sheet
with Two 28mm reflective air gap
Fig G4.2.4
Air Gaps 10mm SL Class (13.5kg/ 2.04 2.32 1-7*
and 10mm m) EPS with RFL
EPS
28mm reflective air gap
10mm plasterboard
External
Internal
Internal Internal
xternal Internal
Fig G4.2.7
AFS 150 3.6mm external acrylic
with render
external 40mm rigid foam
1.97 2.15 1-7*
PIR foam 6mm FC sheet
and render 138mm concrete
system 6mm FC sheet
External
Internal
* All AFS LOGICWALL walls are suitable as external envelope walls for climate zones 1-7 as the AFS LOGICWALL walls come
under clause (b) of table J1.50 of the BCA (see fig, G4.3 on page G14) ("where the only space for insulation is provided by a
furring channel, top hat section, batten or the like") which reduces required total R to 1.4 for climate zones 1 to 7.
AFS LOGICWALL system 'R' values for other AFS LOGICWALL compositions are in the certification section of this manual.
135
133
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Performance
GG Performance
(a) Each part of an external wall that is part of the envelope, other than of a sole-occupancy unit of a Class 2 building or a Class 4
part of a building, must satisfy one of the options in table J1.5a except for -
(i) opaque non-glazed openings in external walls such as doors (including garage doors), vents penetrations, shutters and the
like; and
(ii) glazing; and
(iii) an earth retaining wall or earth-beam, in other than climate zone 8.
Fig. G4.3 Options for each part of an External Wall that is part of an envelope
Climate Minimum
Options Total R
Zone
(b) Where the only space for insulation is provided by a furring channel, top hat section,
batten or the like -
(i) achieve a minimum total R-Value of 1.4; and 1.4
136
134
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Performance
G4 Thermal Insulation continued
Performance
Performance
Fig.G4 Thermal
G4.3 Options Insulation
for each part of an continued
External Wall that is part of an envelope continued
Fig. G4.3 Options for each part of an External Wall that is part of an envelope continued
G
Climate Minimum
Options Total R
Zone
G
G
Climate Minimum
Options Total R
Zone (b) Where the only space for insulation is provided by a furring channel, top hat section,
batten or the like -
4, 5 & 6 (b) Where the only
(i) achieve space fortotal
a minimum insulation
R-Valueis of
provided by a furring channel, top hat section,
1.4; and 1.4
batten or the like -
4, 5 & 6 (ii) satisfy a glazing energy index Option B of Table J2.4a 1.4
(i) achieve a minimum total R-Value of 1.4; and
(a) Achieve a minimum
(ii) satisfy a glazing total
energyR-Value
index of 2.8 B of Table J2.4a
Option 2.8
(b) Where the only space for insulation is provided by a furring channel, top hat section,
(a) Achieve a minimum total R-Value of 2.8 2.8
7 batten or the like -
(b) Where the only
(i) achieve space fortotal
a minimum insulation
R-Valueis of
provided by a furring channel, top hat section,
1.4; and 1.4
7 batten or the like -
(ii) satisfy a glazing energy index Option B of Table J2.4a 1.4
(i) achieve a minimum total R-Value of 1.4; and
(a) Achieve a minimum total R-Value of 3.8 3.8
8 (ii) satisfy a glazing energy index Option B of Table J2.4a
(b) Where the wall is an earth retaining wall or earth-beam, achieve a minimum Total R-Value of 2.0 2
(a) Achieve a minimum total R-Value of 3.8 3.8
8
(b) Where the wall is an earth retaining wall or earth-beam, achieve a minimum Total R-Value of 2.0 2
The LOGICWALL system is designed for the construction of both reinforced and non-reinforced concrete walls. Once constructed
the formwork system does not contribute to the structural capacity of the wall which acts as a normal concrete structure. When
used and constructed in accordance with AFS LOGICWALL manual instructions, the AFS LOGICWALL system comply with the
durability requirements of AS3600 (2009). (Refer Chapter L - Certification, report #10655/01 by Mahaffey Associates and report
#J0815172 by Professor Mark Bradford)
G6 Weatherproofing
AFSG6LOGICWALLWeatherproofing
System will comply with the weatherproofing performance verification requirements as per Volume 1 and 2 of
National Construction Code (NCC) 2015. Refer Chapter L Certification for weatherproofing verification report dated 15 October,
2015 by AECOM.
135
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
137
135
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
G Notes
Performance
G
138
DESIGNER 2015
H Environmental Matters
H1 Introduction
H2 Energy Efficiency
H3 Good Environmental Choice Australia (GECA) Audit
Environmental
Matters
2015 EDITION
H Environmental Matters
Environmental Matters
H1 Introduction
H2 Energy Efficiency
H3 Good Environmental Choice Australia (GECA) Audit
H
This chapter of the AFS Designer must be read in conjunction with all chapters of the AFS Designer.
Important legal statements on inside back cover.
DESIGNER 2015
H Environmental Matters
Environmental Matters
Environmental Matters
Disclaimer: This section of the AFS Designer is intended only by AFS to represent good building practice in relation to AFS LOGICWALL and
environmental responsibility. This section is not intended in any way by AFS to represent all relevant information required on a project in relation to
environmental matters. It remains the responsibility of those using AFS LOGICWALL, including but not limited to, builders, designers, consultants and
engineers, to ensure compliance with environmental laws and regulations.
H1 Introduction
H
H
AFS as a company is committed to delivering products and
manufacturing processes which are both innovative and
environmentally responsible. The company has invested in
and installed systems to target recycling of raw products, in
particular galvanized steel and timber packaging products.
H2 Energy Efficiency
AFS LOGICWALL walls being a monolithic concrete barrier occupant comfort, but also reduces heating/cooling costs and
possesses inherent features which greatly assist the designer energy consumption whilst improving acoustic performance of
in achieving the objective of thermal mass and air tightness. the wall against outside noise.
The BCA recognizes the benefit of thermal capacities or mass, Due to AFS LOGICWALL walls being a uniform concrete
and so provides R concessions for heavyweight walls such as monolithic mass, the air infiltration rate is practically zero
those incorporating AFS LOGICWALL. eliminating the possibility of drafts and currents from
outside. This contributes significantly to the thermal
Heavy mass delays the transfer of outdoor temperature
insulation of the building.
variations, improving indoor comfort. The concrete
construction of AFS LOGICWALL walls provides a significant Refer to section G4 of this manual for further details on
thermal mass barrier to the external elements. This in turn not Thermal Insulation.
only enhances
139
137
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Environmental
Environment
H
Environmental Matters
H
Core Environmental Performance Characteristics
Core Environmental Performance Characteristics
The nominated product has been tested for fire resistance and acoustic
Applicable Standards The nominatedbyproduct
performance CSIRO. has
Also,been tested forproduct
the nominated fire resistance
has beenand acoustic
independently
Applicable Standards performance by CSIRO.
tested for insulation Also, the nominated product has been independently
properties.
tested for insulation properties.
H
As well as being tested for performance qualities, the nominated product has
Other evidence of Asdemonstrated
well as beingmarket
tested acceptance
for performance qualities, the nominated productacross
has
Other evidence of via numerous current installations
Fitness for Purpose demonstrated
Australia. market acceptance via numerous current installations across
Fitness for Purpose Australia.
The nominated product produces a load reduction of greater than 30% for
Environmental The nominatedgas
greenhouse product produces
emissions due toatheload reduction
savings of greater
associated with than
flyash30%
and for
slag
Environmental greenhouse
utilisation atgas emissions
a rate of 35% ofdue
the to the savings
concrete. associated
In addition withsavings
there are flyash inand slag
transport
Load Reduction
Load Reduction utilisation at a rate
and savings of 35% ofdue
in installation the to
concrete. In addition
the modular design.there are savings in transport
and savings in installation due to the modular design.
The materials and manufacturing process required to produce these nominated
Material Requirements The materials
products andpresent
do not manufacturing process
any hazard to the required to produce
manufacturing these
staff, the nominated
consumer of the
Material Requirements products do not
final product orpresent any hazard to the manufacturing staff, the consumer of the
the environment.
final product or the environment.
It is necessary to bind the product to the concrete for the functionlaity of the product.
Post-Consumer Recycling It is
The necessary
product to bindbethe
may product toduring
separated the concrete forrecycling
concrete the functionlaity
but it isofdesigned
the product.
for a
Post-Consumer Recycling Thevery product
long lifemay be separated during concrete recycling but it is designed for a
span.
very long life span.
The nominated product is packaged on steel and cement board pallets with LDPE
Packaging Requirements The nominated
plastic product
wrap. All is packaged
packaging materialsoncomply
steel and
withcement board pallets
the conditions of this with LDPE
criterion.
Packaging Requirements plastic wrap. All packaging materials comply with the conditions of this criterion.
The AFS Systems Pty Ltd manufacturing facility is located within an industrial
Compliance to The
Compliance to areaAFS
andSystems Ptywith
complies Ltd all
manufacturing facility is located
relevant environmental within There
regulations. an industrial
are no
Environmental Regulations area
discharges from the site other than the collection of solid, non-hazardous are
and complies with all relevant environmental regulations. There no
waste.
Environmental Regulations discharges from the site other than the collection of solid, non-hazardous waste.
Compliance to Labour,
Compliance to Labour,
Anti-Discrimination, AFS Systems Pty Ltd provides fair and safe working conditions for all staff.
Anti-Discrimination, AFS Systems Pty Ltd provides fair and safe working conditions for all staff.
and Regulations
and Regulations
The results of the Life Cycle Impact analysis demonstrated pre-cast concrete utilising 100% Portland cement. By
The
thatresults
wallsofincorporating
the Life Cyclethe
Impact
AFSanalysis demonstrated
LOGICWALL product pre-cast concrete utilising 100% Portland cement. By
incorporating an additive mixture of no less than 35% of the
that walls incorporating the AFS LOGICWALL
range exhibit an overall reduction greater than
product
30% incorporating an additive mixture of no less than 35% of the
range exhibit an gas
overallemissions
reduction when
greatercompared
than 30%to required design cement content the walls are able to gain this
of greenhouse required design cement content the walls are able to gain this
of greenhouse gas emissions when compared to level of reduced overall GHG and Cumulative Energy Demand
level of reduced overall GHG and Cumulative Energy Demand
Impact.
Impact.
139
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
139
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
140
DESIGNER 2015
H Notes
Environmental Matters
H
141
DESIGNER 2015
H Environmental Matters
142
DESIGNER 2015
H Legal Statements
Environmental Matters
IMPORTANT LEGAL STATEMENTS
Reasonable efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy of this publication; however, any information and data
contained herein is subject to change without notice. To ensure the information you are using is correct, AFS
recommends you review the latest technical information available on the AFS website www.afswall.com.au, or
H
alternatively call 1300 727 237 to speak to a Technical Representative.
The AFS logo and LOGICWALL mark are registered trade marks. 2015 AFS Systems Pty Ltd.
No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form or by any means without prior written permission
from AFS Systems Pty Ltd. All rights reserved.
DISCLAIMER
1. This technical manual named AFS Designer together with the design tables and associated information
related to AFS LOGICWALL has been prepared by AFS to assist design professionals using AFS
LOGICWALL including without limitation, developers, builders, engineers, architects or quantity surveyors
with the design of structural walls.
2. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the use of this manual is appropriate and to exercise their own
judgment when using this manual.
3. AFS does not accept any responsibility (whether for negligence or otherwise) for any consequence arising from the
use or application of this manual.
4. The design and engineering of the structure of any building using AFS LOGICWALL should only be undertaken by
suitability qualified and experienced design professionals, engineers or consultants.
5. The full responsibility for the design, engineering and structural design, and certification of compliance with
all relevant Australian Standards, BCA and any other statutory requirements at Local, State and Federal levels
rest with the design professional, project engineer or project consultants including but not limited to the design
engineer, acoustic consultant, energy efficiency consultant, fire engineer and any of their officers, employees,
delegates, partners, agents and service providers of any nature.
6. AFS reserves the right to change the specifications of this manual without notice.
7. Please check with AFS that you have the latest version as the manual may be updated from time to time and
certain details may change.
8. This disclaimer applies to the extent permitted by law.
DEFINITIONS
The use of the terms AFS LOGICWALL and AFS LOGICWALL Walls throughout the AFS Designer are as follows;
AFS LOGICWALL: Refers to AFS LOGICWALL panels as permanent formwork prior to being installed & corefilled with concrete.
AFS LOGICWALL Walls: Refers to AFS LOGICWALL walls installed with concrete corefill incorporated.
W DESIGNER 2015
I Architectural Detailing
I1 Introduction
I2 Standard Details
I3 Standard Architectural Specifications
I4 BIM Software
Architectural
Detailing
2015 EDITION
I Architectural
ArchitecturalDetailing
Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Disclaimer: This section of the AFS Designer is intended only by AFS to represent good building practice in achieving suitable architectural detailing of AFS
LOGICWALL. This section is not intended in any way by AFS to represent all relevant information required on a project. It is the responsibility of those using
AFS LOGICWALL, including but not limited to builders, designers, consultants and engineers, to ensure that AFS LOGICWALL is suitable for use on a project in
relation to architectural design. All diagram, plans and illustrations used in this section including any reinforcement shown are included for indicative and
diagrammatic purposes only. It is the responsibility of those using AFS LOGICWALL to ensure that reference is made to the structural engineers details for all
diagrammatic and reinforcement requirements.
I1 Introduction
I
I
The architectural detailing and design of AFS LOGICWALL Whilst examples of previously successful details are
for building projects requires the services of professional included throughout this chapter it does not replace the
consultants, such as architects and engineers. This chapter services of professional consultants nor is to be relied upon
has been prepared to assist consultants in project as a complete library of details as site conditions can vary
documentation and outlines a range of typical details. from project to project.
I2 Standard Details
Note:
1 - Except as noted on the following details,
details, materials
materialsand
andwork
workrequired
requiredare
arenot
notprovided
providedby
byAFS
AFSororthe
theLOGICWALL
installation contractor.
LOGICWALL installation
22 -- All
All details
detailsininthis
thischapter
chapterarearediagrammatic
diagrammatic onlyonly
andand
not not drawn
drawn to scale.
to scale.
Page
I2.1 Slab Junctions .......................................................................................................................... Page
I 2.0 Recommended Finishes Schedule 145
I 2.1.1 Horizontal
I 2.1 Slab Junctions Expressed Joint With Rebate in Slab Edge ....................................................................................143
II 2.1.1
2.1.2 Horizontal
Horizontal Expressed
Expressed Joint
Joint With
With Flat Platein Slab
Rebate Slab Edge
Edge.....................................................................................144
....................................................................................146
II 2.1.2
2.1.3 Horizontal Joint
Horizontal Expressed Joint With
With Cover PlateFlat PlateEdge
On Slab Slab ............................................................................................145
Edge.....................................................................................147
II 2.1.3
2.1.4 Horizontal 20mm
Horizontal Joint With Cover Plate
Expressed On Slab Edge.............................................................................................148
Joint................................................................................................................146
I 2.1.4 Horizontal 20mm Expressed Joint................................................................................................................149
I 2.1.5 Cavity Wall Detail Flat Slab .......................................................................................................................147
I 2.1.5 Cavity Wall Detail Flat Slab.......................................................................................................................150
I 2.1.6 Edgeform at Floor/Slab Junction..................................................................................................................148
I 2.1.6 Edgeform at Floor/Slab Junction..................................................................................................................151
II 2.1.7
2.1.7 External Wall/Slab
Slab Junction HOBJunction For Typical Raft Slab (domestic application) .........................................................149
Detail ...........................................................................................................................152
II 2.1.8
2.1.8 Retaining
EdgeformWall / Basement
At Floor/Slab Wall Slab
Junction. Junction ..............................................................................................150
.................................................................................................................153
II 2.1.9
2.1.9 Retaining
External Wall/Slab JunctionWall
Wall / Basement For Footing
Typical Raft Slab...........................................................................................151
Junction .........................................................................................154
II 2.1.10
2.1.10 Wall
Retaining Wall / Basement
Slab Junction, Wall Slab
Beam System Junction.
Parallel ..............................................................................................155
To AFS LOGICWALL ......................................................................152
I 2.1.11 Retaining Wall / Basement Wall Footing Junction .........................................................................................155
I 2.1.11 Wall Slab Junction, Beam System Perpendicular to AFS LOGICWALL .............................................................153
I 2.1.12 Wall Slab Junction, Beam System Parallel To AFS LOGICWALL.....................................................................157
I 2.1.12 Wall Slab Junction, Beam System Perpendicular to AFS LOGICWALL Faade Wall ..........................................154
I 2.1.13 Wall Slab Junction, Beam System Perpendicular to AFS LOGICWALL...........................................................158
II 2.1.14
2.1.13 Permanent Formwork,
Wall Slab Junction, Junction
Beam SystemTo Perpendicular
AFS LOGICWALL Faade
to AFS Wall (i.e.Bondek
LOGICWALL FaadeorWall. similar metal floor system) ....155
........................................159
II 2.1.15
2.1.14 Permanent
Permanent Formwork, Junction
Junction To
To AFS
Internal AFS LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL (i.e. Bondek
Faade Wall or similar
(i.e. Bondek metal
or similar floorfloor
metal system) ...........156
system).......160
II 2.1.16
2.1.15 Step
Permanent Formwork,
Floor/Stair LandingJunction To Internal AFS LOGICWALL (i.e. Bondek or similar metal floor system)..........161
Detail ....................................................................................................................157
II 2.1.17
2.1.16 AFS
StepLOGICWALL
Floor/Stair Landing Detail....................................................................................................................162
Wall Connections To Stair Mid Landing ...............................................................................158
I 2.1.18 AFS LOGICWALL Wall Connections To Stair Mid Landing.............................................................................163
I 2.2 Post-tensioned Slabs
I 2.2 Post-tensioned Slabs
I 2.2.1 Post-tensioned Slab Detail ..........................................................................................................................159
I 2.2.1 Post-tensioned Slab Detail..........................................................................................................................164
I 2.2.2
I 2.2.2 Post-tensioned
Post-tensioned Slab
Slab To
To AFS
AFS LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL(Internal)(Internal)Wall .................................................................................160
Wall...............................................................................165
I 2.3
2.3Corners
Cornersand
and
TeeTee Junctions
Junctions
II 2.3.1
2.3.1 AFS LOGICWALL
AFS LOGICWALLWall
Wall90
90Prefabricated
PrefabricatedCorner
Corner- Single
- SingleReinforcement
ReinforcementCarriers
Carriers..........................................166
............................................161
II 2.3.2
2.3.2 AFS LOGICWALL
AFS LOGICWALL Wall
Wall90
90Prefabricated
PrefabricatedCorner
Corner Double
DoubleReinforcement
ReinforcementCarriers
Carriers- with
- with"L"Lbars
bars..................167
...................162
143
141
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Architectural Detailing
I 2.3.3 AFS LOGICWALL Wall 90 Prefabricated Corner - Double Reinforcement Carriers - with U bars...................168
I 2.3.4 Squint Corner Detail for 135 Corners or Angle............................................................................................169
I 2.3.5 AFS LOGICWALL Wall Tee Junction............................................................................................................170
I 2.4 Panel Joints
I 2.4.1 Movement Joint..........................................................................................................................................171
I
144
DESIGNER 2015
Architectural Detailing
I2.0 Recommended Finishes Schedule
EXTERNAL
I
LOGICWALL
Location System Panel Joints Finishing System(1)
Requirements
Marine,
Refer AS3600 External Flush Set Refer Faade Consultant
Coastal(2)
INTERNAL
LOGICWALL
Location System Panel Joints Finishing System(1)
Requirements
Standard AFS DULUX Acratex - AFS LOGICWALL W&W Interior
DULUX Interior Internal Flush Set
LOGICWALL Finish System. Issue 1.1
System 1 -
Standard AFS
Joint Setting Internal Flush Set not used
LOGICWALL
Only
(1) Refer AFS Data Manual for Details and specifications for finishes.
(2) All external fixtures, fixings, moldings etc in Coastal or Marine Environments AS2312 Classification D or
greater to be UPVC or Stainless.
145
DESIGNER 2015
Detail #1
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
I
Draft v3 20/9/11
146 143
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Detail #2
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Horizontal Express Joint with
I 2.1.2 Horizontal Expressed Flat Plate
Joint With Flat Slab Edge
Plate Slab Edge
I
I
EXTERNAL INTERNAL
4. External Finishes
to project specification Steel clinching angle and AFS
(Refer recommended LOGICWALL frame within
finishes schedule) slab zone. (Can be removed
on site where required).
Draft v3 20/9/11
144 147
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Detail #3
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
I
Sealant
Two continuous beads of
sealant under floor track on
all external walls and
internal separation walls
9mm CFC cover by AFS LOGICWALL installation contractor
strip or equivalent
Concrete wall to
slab cold joint
Internal applied
finishes
EXTERNAL FINISHES TO
PROJECTS SPECIFICATION
(REFER RECOMMENDED
FINISHES SCHEDULE).
Draft v3 20/9/11
148 145
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Detail #4
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Horizontal 20mm Express Joint
I 2.1.4 Horizontal 20mm Expressed Joint
EXTERNAL
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Horizontal joint is
recessed on site
20mm
2mm
20mm PVC render mould
25mm
70mm 20mm
25mm
Draft v3 20/9/11
146 149
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Detail #43
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
I
EXTERNAL INTERNAL
Vertical and
horizontal
reinforcement to
engineers details
Plasterboard
sheeting
AFS LOGICWALL
Two continuous beads of Preformed
sealant under floor track on hob system
all external walls and
internal separation walls
by AFS LOGICWALL membraned
installation contractor cavity
Paintable waterproofing
membrane
Sealant
Concrete wall to
slab cold joint
External finishes to
projects specification
(Refer Recommended
Finishes Schedule).
Draft v3 20/9/11
150 147
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Detail #5
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I 2.1.6 AFS LOGICWALLAFS Edgeform
Edgeform atJunction
at Floor/Slab Foor/Slab
Junction
I
I
Vertical and horizontal
External sheeting shop reinforcement to engineers
drawn to top of slab details
level or slab rebate level
(can be trimmed to site
tolerances as required).
AFS LOGICWALL
Internal applied
finishes
148 151
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
EXTERNAL INTERNAL
152
DESIGNER 2015
Architectural Detailing
I 2.1.8 Edgeform At Floor/Slab Junction
I
EXTERNAL FINISHES TO
PROJECTS SPECIFICATION
(REFER RECOMMENDED
FINISHES SCHEDULE).
EXTERNAL INTERNAL
153
DESIGNER 2015
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #6
I 2.1.9 External Wall/Slab Junction For Typical Raft Slab
I
External wall/Slab Junction for
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Flashing
154 149
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Draft v3 20/9/11
Option A
Architectural
Detail
DetailDetail
#7#7 #7
I 2.1.10 AFS LOGICWALL Retaining Wall / Basement Wall Slab Junction
Detail #7
Architectural Detailing
Architectural DetailingI
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
AFS
AFS
Retaining
Retaining
Wall
Wall
Slab
Slab
Junction
Junction
Architectural Detailing
AFS
Wall Retaining
AFS Retaining Option
Slab
A Junction
Option WalltoSlab
AWall thickness project Junction
Option A Option A
specifications
I 2.1.10
I 2.1.10
AFS AFS
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
Retaining
Retaining
Wall Wall
/ Basement
/ Basement
Wall Wall
SlabSlab
Junction
Junction
I 2.1.10 AFS LOGICWALL I 2.1.10 AFS LOGICWALL
Retaining Retaining WallAFS
Wall / Basement / Basement
LOGICWALL Wall Slab Junction
Wall Slab Junction
I
I
I
I
I
reinforcement to
engineers details
Maximum depth of fill Wall thickness
Wall thickness
to project
to project
to engineers detail Backfilled to Wall specifications
specifications
thickness to project Wall thickness to project
engineers Typical waterproofing specifications
specifications
requirements membrane applied to
AFS LOGICWALL
AFS LOGICWALL
wall, overlaid with
coreflute as approved AFS LOGICWALL
AFS LOGICWALL
Vertical
Vertical
Starter and horizontal
bars and horizontal
600mm min.
reinforcement
reinforcement
intoand
Vertical paneltoto project
wallhorizontal to Vertical and horizontal
engineers
engineers
engineers
reinforcement detailsdetails reinforcement to
todetails
engineers details engineers details
Backfilled
Backfilled
to to
engineers
engineers Flashing at slab level
Backfilled to Backfilled to TypicalTypical
waterproofing
waterproofing
requirements
engineers requirements engineers Typical membrane
membraneapplied applied
to to Typical waterproofing
waterproofing
Polyurethane sealant placed under AFS floor
requirements requirements membrane
wall, overlaid
wall, overlaid
with
to with membrane applied
applied
track, prior to fixing. (Optional floor track referto
wall,coreflute
coreflute
overlaid withas approved
as approved
to engineers specifications) wall, overlaid with
coreflute as approved coreflute as approved
StarterStarter
bars 600mm
bars 600mm min. min.
intobars
wall
intopanel
wall panel
tomin.
project
to project
Starter 600mm Concrete slabStarter bars 600mm min.
and edge
engineers
engineers
details
into wall panel tobeam details
project into wall panel to project
to engineers
engineers detailsdetails engineers details
Flashing
Flashing
at slabatlevel
slab level
Flashing at slab level Flashing at slab level
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
sealantsealant
placedplaced
underunder
AFS floor
AFS floor
track,track,
Polyurethane prior to
prior
fixing.
sealant to fixing.
(Optional
placed (Optional
floor
Polyurethane
under track
floor
AFS floor refer
track refer
sealant placed under AFS floor
track,toprior
engineers
totoengineers
specifications)
fixing. specifications)
(Optional track, prior refer
floor track to fixing. (Optional floor track refer
to engineers specifications) to engineers specifications)
Concrete
Concrete
slab and
slabedge
and edge
* Alternatively Basement Walls can be constructed using REDIWALL, another product by AFS.
beamslab
beam
to engineers
to edge
engineers Concrete slab and edge
Concrete and
beamdetailsdetails
to engineers beam to engineers
details details
* Alternatively
* Alternatively
Basement
Basement
Walls Walls
can becan
constructed
be constructed
using using
REDIWALL,
REDIWALL,
another
www.rediwall.com.au another
productproduct
by AFS.
by AFS.
* Alternatively Basement Walls* can
Alternatively Basement
be constructed Walls
using can be constructed
REDIWALL, usingbyREDIWALL,
another product AFS. another product by AFS.
150 DraftDraft
v10 v10
30/4/12
30/4/12
Draft v10
Draft v10 30/4/12 DESIGNER 30/4/12
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
www.rediwall.com.au
www.rediwall.com.au
www.rediwall.com.au www.rediwall.com.au
Architectural Detailing
AFS Retaining Wall Slab Junction
Architectural Detailing
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
AFS LOGICWALL
Footing to
Footing to engineers details
engineers details
* Alternatively Basement Walls can be constructed using REDIWALL, another product by AFS.
* Alternatively Basement Walls can be constructed using REDIWALL, another product by AFS.
Draft v10 30/4/12
Draft v10 30/4/12
www.rediwall.com.au
www.rediwall.com.au
Detail #37
Architectural Detailing
I 2.1.12 Wall Slab Junction, Beam System Parallel To AFS LOGICWALL
Wall slab Junction, Beam system
parallel to AFS Wall
I
I
INTERNAL EXTERNAL
AFS LOGICWALL
Reinforcement to
engineers details
Beam system Dimension
as specified AFS LOGICWALL steel frame
in slab zone to be cut
out on site if required
External finishes to
projects specification
(Refer Recommended
Finishes Schedule).
152 157
Draft v3 20/9/11 DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #38
I 2.1.13 Wall Slab Junction, Beam System Perpendicular to AFS LOGICWALL
Wall slab Junction, Beam System
Perpendicular to AFS Wall
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Draft v3 20/9/11
158 153
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Detail #45
Architectural Detailing
I 2.1.14 Wall Slab Junction, Beam System Perpendicular to AFS LOGICWALL Faade Wall
Wall slab Junction, Beam System
Perpendicular to AFS Facade Wall
I
I
EXTERNAL
AFS LOGICWALL
154 159
Draft v3 20/9/11 DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #40
I 2.1.15 Permanent Formwork, Junction To AFS LOGICWALL Faade Wall
(i.e. Bondek or similar metal floor system)
Permanent Formwork, Junction to
AFS Facade Wall (i.e. Bondeck or Similar
I
Metal Floor Systems)
I
EXTERNAL
AFS LOGICWALL
Reinforcing bars
to engineers details
Bondek
160 155
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Detail #41
Typical Opening in Wall
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I 2.1.16 Permanent Formwork, Junction To Internal AFS LOGICWALL (i.e. Bondek or
similar metal floor system)
I
I
Concrete floor slab,
to engineers details
Bondek
Angle screwed to
top of AFS LOGICWALL
to support Bondek
to engineers details
AFS LOGICWALL
Draft v3 20/9/11
156 161
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Detail #15
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
AFS LOGICWALL
I
I
Concrete wall to
slab cold joint
Formwork
Formwork
Draft v3 20/9/11
162 157
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #30
I 2.1.18 AFS LOGICWALL Wall Connections To Stair Mid Landing
I
Starter bars to stair landing slab,
as specified by engineer.
(FC sheeting can be removed on site
as required by engineers details)
Formwork
AFS LOGICWALL
158 163
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #9
I 2.2.1 AFS LOGICWALL Post-tensioned Detail
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Tensioning cable
AFS LOGICWALL
Draft v6 29/11/11
164 159
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #35
I 2.2.2 Post-tensioned Slab To AFS LOGICWALL (Internal) Wall
I
AFS LOGICWALL
50mm sleeve to be
Post tensioning filled with non shrink grout
duct after post-tensioning
160 165
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #11
I 2.3 AFS LOGICWALL Corners and Tee Junctions
I 2.3.1 AFS LOGICWALL Wall 90 Prefabricated Corner - Single Reinforcement Carriers (AFS120,
150, 162, 200) AFS 90 Prefabricated Corner
I
I
INTERNAL EXTERNAL
Horizontal bar
Factory installed corner bars as lap to engineers
per engineers specifications details
Note: Alternative hook bar
reinforcing can be adopted to
engineers specifications.
90 (+-8)
AFS LOGICWALL
Refer to chapters
E, F & J for finishing
options.
Draft v6 29/11/11
166 161
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I 2.3.2 AFS LOGICWALL
Detail #44
Wall 90 Prefabricated Corner Double Reinforcement Carriers - with
"L" bars (AFS200D, 262D)
AFS 90 Prefabricated Corner
AFS 200D and AFS 262 Wall
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
90 (+-8)
Refer to chapters
E, F and J for
finishing options
I 2.3.3
I 2.3.3
"U"bars
AFSAFS
"U"bars
LOGICWALL
(AFS200D,
(AFS200D,
Wall
LOGICWALL
262D)
Wall
262D)
9090 Detail
Detail#48
Prefabricated #48
Prefabricated
Corner
Corner
Double
Double
Reinforcement
Reinforcement
Carriers
Carriers
- with
- with
Alternate
Alternate
AFS
AFS
9090
Prefabricated
Prefabricated
Corner
Corner
I
I
AFS
AFS
200D
200D
andandAFS
AFS262
262
Wall
Wall
I
INTERNAL EXTERNAL
AFS AFS
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
Factory
Factory
installed
installed
corner
corner
U-bars
U-bars
as per
asengineers
per engineers
specifications
specifications
90 (+-8)
90 (+-8)
ReferRefer
to chapters
to chapters
E, F and
E, F Jand
forJ for
finishing
finishing
options
options
Maximum
Maximum
Dimension
Dimension
750mm
750mm
Draft
Draft
v10v10
30/4/12
30/4/12
168 163 163
WALLING SOLUTIONS
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER
DESIGNER
2012
2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #12
I 2.3.4 Squint Corner Detail for 135 Corners or Angle
Squint Corner Detail for 135
Corners or Angle to Suit Design
I
I
Horizontal and vertical
reinforcing steel to structural
engineers design supplied by
builder lap only, no cog
AFS LOGICWALL
Temporary
galvanised angle.
Refer to chapters Remove after
E, F and J for concrete pour
finishing options
Draft v6 29/11/11
164 169
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Detail #10
Architectural Detailing
I
I
AFS
AFS LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
Tee
Tee Junction
Junction StudStud
fixed
fixed to
to wall
wall face
face at
at
450mm
450mm centres
centres
Fibre cement
Fibre cement removed
removed from
from
each hole
each hole in
inAFS
LOGICWALL studstud
LOGICWALL
(performed on
(performed on site)
site)
Horizontal and
Horizontal and vertical
vertical
reinforcing to
reinforcing to structural
structural
engineers details
engineers details
170 165
Draft v6 29/11/11 WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Detail #16
Architectural Detailing
I 2.4 Panel Joints
Structural Movement Joint
I 2.4.1 Movement Joint
I
I
(Installed where nominated by project
EXTERNAL
engineer - must be clearly documented
on drawings. Typically not required in
walls less than 16m in length.)
Backing strip and
fire rated sealant
EXTERNAL FINISHES TO
PROJECTS SPECIFICATION
(REFER RECOMMENDED
FINISHES SCHEDULE).
AFS LOGICWALL
AFS LOGICWALL Prefabricated
AFS LOGICWALL endcap
stud site installed
by AFS LOGICWALL
installation contractor
INTERNAL
NOTE: Can be dowel jointed if required
structurally. Must be clearly specified and
negotiated with installers at time of tender
Draft v3 20/9/11
166 171
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Detail #17
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
I
EXTERNAL INTERNAL
AFS LOGICWALL
NOTE: Locations
EXTERNAL for TO
FINISHES sheet
PROJECTS SPECIFICATION
surface joints are
(REFER RECOMMENDED
to be
nominated by project
FINISHES SCHEDULE).
consultants and are required
every 6 metres nominally
Draft v3 20/9/11
172 167
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Detail #14
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Double Height Wall Detail
I 2.4.3 Double Height Wall Horizontal Joint
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
EXTERNAL INTERNAL
AFS LOGICWALL track member fixed
to concrete in panel A, to take panel B
Recess for flushing
(performed on site by AFS LOGICWALL
horizontal joint,
150 - 300mm
installation contractor)
to be ground on site
Panel A
Draft v6 29/11/11
168 173
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
Building Flashing Detail
I
EXTERNAL FINISHES TO
PROJECTS SPECIFICATION (REFER
RECOMMENDED FINISHES SCHEDULE).
AFS LOGICWALL
Vertical and horizontal
reinforcement bars as External acrylic
specified by project render system
engineers details
Cut thought fibre cement sheeting and treat
cut area with suitable waterproofing
membrane after installing flashing
Waterproofing
sealant
Flashings
INTERNAL EXTERNAL
174 169
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Detail #33
Architectural Detailing
I 2.5.2 Unfinished CoveredAFS
Boundary Wall FlashingBoundary
Unfinished Detail Wall
Flashing Detail
I
I
Vertical and horizontal
reinforcement to engineers
details
AFS LOGICWALL
Concrete wall to
slab cold joint
This detail only applies where waterproof flashing to adjacent building is not achievable as per detail I 2.5.1
THIS DETAIL ONLY APPLIES WHERE WATERPROOF FLASHING IS NOT ACHIEVABLE AS PER DETAIL I2.5.1
Draft v6 29/11/11
170 175
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Detail #49
Architectural Detailing
I
I
Formwork
Concrete pour 3
Wall Brace
Tape and set
external joint
1000mm
Horizontal and vertical
L bar reinforcing to
project engineers
specifications
Concrete floor slab
to engineers details
Concrete pour 2
Formwork
Concrete pour 1
Cut out fibre cement board on
site. Starter bars to intermediate
slab, as specified by engineer,
supplied by builder
Draft v8 27/3/12
176 171
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #22
I 2.6 Junctions with Other Wall Types
I
Stud, track and
plasterboard
Site installed
end cap
Paintable sealant,
Setting L Bead,
Plasterboard,
Plaster set,
Draft v6 29/11/11
172 177
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #21
I 2.6.2 AFS LOGICWALL/Double Brick Junction
LOGICWALL/Double Brick Junction
I
I
Set L bead
AFS LOGICWALL
Site installed
end stud
178 173
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #23
I 2.6.3 AFS LOGICWALL/Brick Veneer Junction
AFS Wall/Brick Veneer Junction
I
I
Studs fixed to AFS LOGICWALL
using masonry nails or
other appropriate fixings
as specified
Set L bead
AFS LOGICWALL
Site installed
end stud
174 179
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Brick ties
180 175
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #18
I 2.7 Doors, Windows & Openings
Fire
I 2.7.1 Fire Door Frames - Manufactured Door
to suit Frames Profile - Option 1
AFS LOGICWALL
I
I
OPTION 1
Use L Bead and flush set to create
Shadow Line
Metal straps at 1m
Horizontal and vertical OPTION 2 centres (vertically
reinforcement to Flush set sheet recess to inside the frame) by
structural engineers fire door frame frame manufacturer
specifications
Note: Fire door frame to be braced on site to prevent movement/twisting during concrete corefilling.
Draft v6 29/11/11
176 181
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Detail #19
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
I
Temporarily screw
AFS LOGICWALL fixed prior to pour Site installed
end stud
Door frame is
core filled
during the core filling
of AFS LOGICWALL
Note: Fire door frame to be braced on site to prevent movement/twisting during concrete corefilling.
182 177
WALLING SOLUTIONS
Draft v6 29/11/11
DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Detail #20
Architectural Detailing
I 2.7.3 Alternative Non-Fire Rated Door Frames
Alternative Non-Fire
Rated Door Frames
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Site installed
end stud by
AFS LOGICWALL Set flush to panel
installation contractor face for clean
finish, by others
Perforated
sides
Note: Door frame to be braced on site to prevent movement/twisting during concrete corefill.
178 183
Draft v6 29/11/11 DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Detail #27
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Fibre
cement
sheet
Subsill
Draft v6 29/11/11
184 179
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I 2.7.5 Rebated Window Section
I
AFS LOGICWALL
180 185
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Detail #39
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Fibre cement
Draft v6 29/11/11
186 181
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I 2.8 Cast In Elements
I
AFS LOGICWALL
AFS LOGICWALL on
AFS LOGICWALL installation contractor
AFS LOGICWALL
182 187
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Detail #25
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Services Detail
I 2.8.2 Services
I
I
Slab Zone
Locate in slab
zone or ceiling
void, by others
AFS LOGICWALL
Electrical
conduit as per
specification
by others
Temporary screw to
secure conduit in
box, by others
Draft v6 29/11/11
188 183
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Detail #31
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I 2.9 Balcony Walls Balcony Wall Detail
I 2.9.1 Balustrade Wall
I
I
Top of AFS LOGICWALL wall
Trowel finished balustrade panel is
concrete waterproofed and
texture coated, over
PVC render angles to
suppliers specifications
Draft184
v10 30/4/12 189
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Detail #28
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
LOGICWALL
I 2.9.2 Balcony Dividing Wall Balcony Dividing
Wall Detail
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Paintable
waterproofing
Tiles
membrane
Draft v6 29/11/11
190 185
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
I 2.9.3 Balcony Wall Detail Without HOB
I
EXTERNAL
EXTERNAL FINISHES TO
PROJECTS SPECIFICATION
(REFER RECOMMENDED
FINISHES SCHEDULE).
191
DESIGNER 2015
Architectural Detailing
EXTERNAL
EXTERNAL FINISHES TO
PROJECTS SPECIFICATION
(REFER RECOMMENDED
FINISHES SCHEDULE).
192
DESIGNER 2015
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Detail #34
I 2.10 Timber Component Connections
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Horizontal timber
bearer to engineers
specification
186 193
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
194
DESIGNER 2015
Detail #13
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
AFS Blade Wall Detail
I
Fibre cement Prefabricated
AFS LOGICWALL endcap
stud installed on site
PVC 90 setting
beads
EXTERNAL FINISHES TO
PROJECTS SPECIFICATION
Horizontal and vertical
(REFER RECOMMENDED
reinforcing to structural
FINISHES SCHEDULE).
engineers details
Draft v6 29/11/11
188 195
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
I
AFS LOGICWALL
Battens
EXTERNAL INTERNAL
Plasterboard
Foil Board/insulation
External finishes to
project specifications
(Refer recommended
finishes schedule)
196 189
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Detail #42
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I 2.12.2 AFS LOGICWALL SeparatingAFSWall
Separating Wall
Wet Area/Living Area or Wet to Wet Area where
plumbing services are to be installed
Wet Area/Living Area
I
I
Discontinuous
Steel or timber
lightweight
stud wall
AFS LOGICWALL
Wet area
cladding
sheet
Waterproofing as specified
Draft v6 29/11/11
190 197
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
Whilst architectural requirements vary from project to project can be adopted and used across most projects incorporating
the architectural specifications may be similar. AFS LOGICWALL.
I
I
The following AFS LOGICWALL Architectural Standard Notes A NATSPEC 0310p "AFS LOGICWALL In Concrete Combined"
specification is also available.
198 191
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I3 Standard Architectural Notes continued
I
192 199
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I
I
200 193
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Architectural Detailing
Architectural Detailing
I4 BIM Software
BIM (Building Information Modeling) has gained acceptance in To assist with the design and documentation of AFS
recent years and is used for the design of many buildings today. LOGICWALL walls, AFS provide a complete package of
I
There is a range of BIM software packages now available on standard details, library parts/ objects, wall families and 3D
I
the market, each providing consultants and building designers model components in the following file types:
flexibility and ease of design.
Revit
Whilst there have been some basic modeling programs ArchiCad
available in the past, recent technical advancements have DWG
allowed the introduction of more advanced BIM Software PDF (Standard Details)
programs, such as Revit and Archicad, which are more versatile
and allow designers, architects and engineers to build their
projects on the screen as a comprehensive 3D model. These
models provide consultants with a detailed view of the scope
of their projects whilst providing subcontractors, tenderers and
clients a complete 3D overview of their scope of works, as they
embody significant amounts of project information.
NO
This
must
draw
discr
draw
PROJECT NAME: C
LOT 1532 CAVENAGH ST - MIXED-USE -
DEVELOPMENT
PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: DRAWN D
1101 Author A
194 201
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
I Architectural Detailing
202
I
Notes
DESIGNER 2015
J Trade Co-ordination
Co-ordination
Trade
2015 EDITION
J Trade
Trade Co-ordination
Co-ordination
Trade Co-Ordination
Trade Co-ordination
Disclaimer: This section of the AFS Designer is intended only by AFS to represent good building practice in achieving suitable trade co-ordination of AFS
LOGICWALL. This section is not intended in any way by AFS to represent all relevant information required on a project. It is the responsibility of those using
AFS LOGICWALL, including but not limited to builders, designers, consultants and engineers, to ensure that AFS LOGICWALL is suitable for use on a project in
relation to trade co-ordination. All diagram, plans and illustrations used in this section including any reinforcement shown are included for indicative and
diagrammatic purposes only. It is the responsibility of those using AFS LOGICWALL to ensure that reference is made to the structural engineers details for all
diagrammatic and reinforcement requirements.
J
J1 Project Details Checklist
J
Figure J1.1 is a form which is completed by the AFS sales for each project. This ensures that all variables in design and
representative in consultation with the builder / client. This delivery considerations are addressed prior to manufacture
is a check list for project specific details and requirements and delivery site.
Figure J1.1
REFERENCE NUMBER
ABN 37 137 916 655
Issued to: Accounts Production Logistics Brant Jacobs
Phone 1300 727 237 LMGDS PEA CJA LJD AH RW _________
Contact: ___________________________________ Reqd for ______ days beginning onsite ____ / ____ / _____
Gift Applicable
Phone: ____________________________________ Gift Type: _____________ Glue: Qty: ______________________ (1 box (20)/200m2)
Claim date: ____ / ____ / _____ Payment by: ____ / ____ / _____ AFS Representative Signature: _________________________________________
Progress Payment $ _______________ To be invoiced: ____ / ____ / _____ AFS Representative Name: ___________________________________________
(Braces/Training/Glue/Door Jamb - refer to Supply Only Checklist) Date: ____ / ____ / _____
203
197
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Co-Ordination
TradeCo-ordination
The interface between AFS LOGICWALL and the floor deck Figure J2.1, illustrates some of the common coordination
above, whether it be conventional formwork or pre stressed beams activites, but does not represent all site specific situations.
Fig J2.1.1
and plank systems, requires consideration at contract stage.
Figure J2.1
Coordination Activity Fig J2.1.1 Diagram Responsibility
LOGICWALL Remove steel stud and
Edge Form angle for floor system
to be supported beam or planks
by conventional
FIG J2.1.1 Slab Zone Preparation formwork
Fig J2.1.2
Concrete slab
FIG J2.1.2
D
Support of AFS LOGICWALL Fig J2.1.2
D>200
Formwork
Tolerance
20mm
FIG J2.1.3 Top of Wall Tolerances
AFS LOGICWALL panels will follow
the level of the floor slab substrate,
which results in a 10-20mm
As contracted by
tolerance in top of wall heights.
builder.
Trimming at top of walls will be a
contract variation. Tolerances vary
depending on slab type including,
Flat Plate Conventional PT, Bondek,
Ultrafloor, Pre Cast Floor Panels.
Fig J7.1.1
Min
Waterproofing 200mm
Membrane
204
198
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Trade Co-Ordination
Trade Co-ordination
J2 Detail #1
Formwork / Flooring Systems continued
Horizontal Express Joint with
Rebate in Slab Edge
Coordination Activity Diagram Responsibility
J
J
Vertical and horizontal
EXTERNAL INTERNAL
reinforcement to engineers
details
AFS LOGICWALL
1. The horizontal Two continuous beads of
joint is recessed sealant under floor track on
on site all external walls and
internal separation walls
2. Joint is taped and by AFS LOGICWALL installation contractor
set with external
coating system by Paintable
waterproofing membrane
external coating
FIG J2.1.4 applicator. Refer to
detail I 2.1.4
Set down in slab
as detailed by structural engineer
Slab Edge Water Proofing Options 3. The 20mm PVC
render mould section
There are 3 slab details documented is applied to the joint Concrete floor
(by external coating 20mm slab to engineers As specified by
by AFS in this manual. This detail applicator). Refer to details
detail I 2.1.4
builder and architects.
illustrates a rebated slab edge and 4. Trowel on acrylic
render and waterproof Steel clinching angle and AFS
20mm expressed joint mould. Refer to membrane is applied to
the entire wall surface
LOGICWALL frame within
slab zone. (Can be removed
chapter I for options. area (by external
EXTERNAL FINISHES TO
coating applicator)
PROJECTS SPECIFICATION
onsite where required).
(REFER RECOMMENDED
FINISHES SCHEDULE).
Draft v3 20/9/11
J3 Concreting
The corefilling of AFS LOGICWALL and the interface between coordination activities, but does not represent all site specific
AFS LOGICWALL and concrete slabs needs consideration situations.
at contract stage. Figure J3.1 illustrates some of the common
Figure J3.1
Coordination Activity Diagram Responsibility
Fig J3.1.1
Starter bars
Concrete placement
FIG J3.1.1 Fixing pins
Fig J3.1.2
205
199
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Concrete
floor slab
AFS LOGICWALL
floor track
Co-Ordination
TradeCo-ordination
Fig J3.1.3
Concrete Footing
Fig J4.1.2
FIG J3.1.4 Footings
When walls are to be erected on
footings the following points must be 200mm
Slab
considered:
Footings must be stepped with
200mm
RAKED FOOTING
As contracted by the
level planes. Not raked. Mechanical service A/C Ducting
holes are core drilled
Concrete Footing
penetration is cut builder
Footings must be flush finished after core ll onsite prior to core ll
206
200
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Trade Co-Ordination
Trade Co-ordination
J4 Electrical / Plumbing / Mechanical
The interface between AFS LOGICWALL and services Figure J4.1 illustrates some of the common coordination
needs consideration at contract stage to ensure timely activities, but does not represent all site specific situations.
J
placement of the services within the AFS LOGICWALL. Detail #25
J
Figure J4.1 Fig J3.1.3 Services Detail
Locate in slab
zone or ceiling
void, by others
Concrete
AFS LOGICWALL
Fig J4.1.2
Slab
Draft v6 29/11/11
FIG J4.1.2 Service Penetrations 200mm
Fig J5.1.1
MIS-ALIGNMENT
207
201
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Co-Ordination
TradeCo-ordination
Fig J4.1.3
J5 Internal Setting and Finishing
J J Trade
The interface between AFS LOGICWALL as a finished Figure J5.1 illustrates some of the common coordination
wall face or over clad wall and the finishing trades must be activities but does not represent all site specific situations.
PVC Pipes/
given consideration at contract stage.
This Section (J5) must be read in conjunction with Chapter
Condutes
Electrical
Conduits within
the AFS LOGICWALL
placed prior to core fill
Recessed Screw 3
MIS-ALIGNMENT
7
Proud Screw
FIG J5.1.2 Wall Preparation
Wall prep work includes:
PROUD SCREW - REMOVE OR RECESS PROUD SCREWS
Removing screws or punching SERVICE FIXINGS
screws flush. AFS LOGICWALL
Patching broken FC edges installation
Grinding flush protruding FC board company.
or concrete where misalignmentFigis J5.1.1 BROKEN EDGES
greater than 2mm.
208
202
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Digit LFX Details-29.6.11.pdf 1 6/07/11 2:32 PM
Trade Co-Ordination
Trade Co-ordination
Fig J5.1.2A
Digit LFX Details-29.6.11.pdf 1 6/07/11 2:32 PM
J
FIG J5.1.3 A
J
>5mm
<5mm
FIG J5.1.4
FIG J5.1.4 Horizontal Butt Joints
<5mm
Rebates are to be ground onsite with TOLERANCE GAPS LESS THAN 5MM
the joint to be treated as per CSR joint AFS LOGICWALL
Internal joint
setting procedure. recessed by
grinding onsite setting / plastering
company.
300 - 600mm
This rebate will not reflect standard Setting Width As contracted by
rebated joints and will require builder.
additional preparation by the internal
setting contractor.
INTERNAL PAINTING
The interface between AFS LOGICWALL and the external Figure J6.1 illustrates some of the coordination activities to be
applied finish must be considered at contract stage. High agreed to by the contracted applicator but does not represent
quality external finishes can be acheived provided the correct all site specific situations.
finishing procedures are followed and coordinated with the
This Section (J6) must be read in conjunction with Chapter
associated trades.
F - External Design Considerations.
Figure J6.1
Fig J6.1.4
FIG J6.1.1
External Coating Systems
AFS LOGICWALL external walls require the Concrete
application of high build, trowel applied flexible External coating
accrylic texture system.* Fig J4.1.3 system applicator as
Refer to Chapter F - External Design Considerations contracted by builder.
* Refer to appendix at the end of
this chapter
INTERNAL PAINTING PVC Pipes/
EXTERNAL FINISHING Condutes
Fig J6.1.4
Fixing Saddles
FIG J6.1.2
Misalignment Tolerances Fig J4.1.3
Electrical
Acrylic/Polymer
render System
When selecting an external render system Conduits within
the AFS LOGICWALL
wall misalignment tolerances must be placed prior to core ll Tolerance dimension variable
Electrical
Conduits within
the AFS LOGICWALL
placed prior to core ll
FIG J6.1.3
Wall Preparation 7
Proud Screw Recessed Screw 3
Wall prep work includes: MIS-ALIGNMENT
Removing patches
PROUD SCREW -SERVICE
REMOVE ORFIXINGS
RECESS PROUD SCREWS
Removing screws or punching AFS
screws flush. LOGICWALL
Patching broken FC edges
Grinding flush protruding FC board
installation
Fig J5.1.1 company.
or concrete.
BROKEN EDGES
MIS-ALIGNMENT
210
204
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Trade Co-Ordination
Trade Co-ordination
Digit LFX Details-29.6.11.pdf 1 6/07/11 3:25 PM
Digit LFX Details-29.6.11.pdf 1 6/07/11 3:25 PM
J
J
FIG J6.1.4
Tolerance Gaps > 10mm
Tolerance gaps between vertical panel
joints greater than 10mm wide are to
be filled with a suitable joint filler.
External coating
(i.e; Grano Spackle) >10mm
>10mm
applicator
* TOLERANCE
TOLERANCEGAPS
GAPSGREATER
GREATERTHAN
THAN10MM
10MM
Fig
FigJ6.1.2B
J6.1.2B
FIG J6.1.5
Tolerance Gaps < 10mm
Tolerance gaps between vertical panel External coating
joints less than 10mm wide are to be system applicator as
filled with the base coat of the external contracted by the
setting system. <10mm builder.
<10mm
* TOLERANCE
TOLERANCEGAPS
GAPSLESS
LESSTHAN
THAN10MM
10MM
FIG J6.1.6
External Facade Water Proofing
Refer to Chapter F - External Design
Considerations.
1. Adoption of horizontal slab External coating
junction details as detailed by AFS. system applicator
2. Appropriate location of flashings, as contracted by the
builder.
especially to cap exposed parapet
walls.
3. Correct application of a quality
external coating system, to
suppliers specifications.
211
205
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Fig J2.1.4
Co-Ordination
TradeCo-ordination
Tolerance
20mm
The interface between AFS LOGICWALL and window and activities to be considered but does not represent all site
door units must be condsidered at contract stage. specific situations.
Figure J7.1 illustrates some of the common coordination
Figure J7.1
Fig J7.1.1
FIG J7.1.1 Waterproofing
Waterproofing - Square Membrane
Openings
Vertical and horizontal window
surrounds are to be water proofed with As contracted by
a paintable waterproofing membrane builder
prior to application of external acrylic ie. Waterproofing
render system. contractor.
Window sills are to be waterproofed
with a paintable waterproofing
membrane prior to application of
external acrylic render system.
Sill Panel
Fig J7.1.2
FIG J7.1.2
Fig J7.1.2
Window Openings - Rebates
212
206
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Trade Co-Ordination
Trade Co-ordination
J7 Windows and Doors continued
Fig J7.1.4
Coordination Activity Diagram Responsibility
Fig J7.1.4
J
FIG J7.1.4
J
Tolerances
Window openings in the AFS
LOGICWALL panels are to suit
the window manufacturers
minimum specifications. Architect.
5mm
Waterproofing
membrane
Waterproofing
membrane
External render
FIG J8.1.2 Balcony Balustrades system
Top of walls exposed in balcony External coating
External render
balustrade applications are to be External joint setting compound system applicator as
waterproofed by the appropriate contracted by builder.
PVC render beads
trade. External joint setting compound
213
207
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Co-Ordination
TradeCo-ordination
PVC
render beads
The interface between AFS LOGICWALL and other building Temporary coordination activities to be considered but does not represent
U Shaped ply
elements, such as structural steel etc, requires consideration wood allbox
sitewith
specific situations.
internal horizontal
at contract stage. Figure 9.1 illustrates some of the common support timber
Steel roong
Figure J9.1 member
Temporary
U Shaped ply
wood box with
internal horizontal
support timber
Steel roong
member
214
208
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Trade Co-Ordination
Trade Co-ordination
J10 Raked Walls
Raking of AFS LOGICWALL and the interface between Figure J10.1 illustrates the steps involved in raking
raked AFS LOGICWALL and other building elements, AFS LOGICWALL and outlines some of the coordination
J
such as structural steel, roofing etc. requires consideration activities to be considered, but does not represent all
J
at contract stage. site specific situations.
Figure J10.1
Coordination Activity Diagram Responsibility
AFS LOGICWALL
installation contractor
Raking Wall Detail Alternatively panels can
FIG J10.1.1
Installation of Raked Walls Raking Wall Detail HEIGHT 2
be cut on the rake prior
to installation provided
1. Panels supplied & installed as stepped
all measurements are
height panels. HEIGHT 1 HEIGHT 2
detailed on the shop
2. Wall heights as per drawings are
drawings.
marked on the wall.
3. Line of rake is marked on faceHEIGHT
of panel1 Rakes to be checked
by appropriate method. on-site prior to cutting,
(e.g. Chalk line.) with builder and other
Panel A Panel B Panel C Panel D Panel E
interfacing trades (i.e.
roofing and structural
steel).
215
209
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Co-Ordination
TradeCo-ordination
Figure J11.1
Coordination Activity Diagram Responsibility
Note: Fire door frame to be braced on site to prevent movement/twisting during concrete corefilling.
J12 Appendix
J12.1 Concrete Mix Specification Sheet
Draft v6 29/11/11
216
210
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Trade Co-Ordination
Trade Co-ordination
J12 Appendix continued
J
J
CONCRETE MIX DESIGN GUIDE
AFS trial & experience have shown that a concrete mix that is designed such that segregation and blowouts
are prevented whilst achieving the required level of compaction will have the following basic characteristics:
Please Note: This document is a guide only. The ingredients vary from plant to plant and state to state,
therefore you will need to discuss your mix with the local concrete plant, to achieve the right mix.
217
211
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Co-Ordination
TradeCo-ordination
218
212
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Trade Co-Ordination
Trade Co-ordination
J12 Appendix continued
J
J
219
213
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Co-Ordination
TradeCo-ordination
220
214
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Trade Co-Ordination
Trade Co-ordination
J12 Appendix continued
J
J
221
215
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Co-Ordination
TradeCo-ordination
Substrate Preparation:
Panel Face & Joint Alignment
Panel alignment is critical in all lost formwork systems and specific attention must be given to control of joint & sheeting alignment. Ensure that all joints between panels
accurately
Frame align
detail andand floortofloor
panel fixing mustalignment ensures
comply with a true
relevant and flat
building plane
codes across
and be inthe elevation.
strict accordance with substrate manufactures instructions & recommendations.
It is theAcraTex
Dulux responsibility of the panel
recommends installer
suitable to ensure all jointsrelief
expansion/contraction or major
jointsimperfections,
be installed atmisalignments areweak
natural building filledpoints
and sanded truewith
eg in line & flush before
openings applying
(window any coatings
/ doors), system.
at all horizontal
Remove all surface
multilevels, contaminants
and at all interfaces ofsuch as oil,
different greaseconstruction
building or dirt, dust materials
by hosingand
suitable
or asdetergent
defined by /pressure
Engineer.wash before coating.
All fixings must be noncorrosive, suitable for the exposure condition and be in accordance with substrate supplier recommendations.
NOTE :
Panel Face & Joint Alignment THIS SYSTEM IS SUITABLE WHERE PANEL ALIGNMENT TOLLERANCES 4MM
Panel alignment is critical in all lost formwork systems and specific attention must be given toREMEDIAL
WHERE MAJOR MISALIGNMENT OCCURS, REFER TO ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDATIONS
control of joint & sheeting alignment.FOR PRETREATMENT
Ensure that all joints between panels
accurately align and floortofloor alignment ensures a true and flat plane across the elevation.
Expansion
It is the Joints:
the responsibility
responsibilityofof
thethe
panel installer
panel or coatings
installer applicator,
to ensure all jointstoor
ensure
majorallimperfections,
joints or major misalignments
imperfections, misalignments
are filled andare filled and
sanded truesanded
& flushtrue & flush
before before any
applying applying any coatings
coatings system.system.
Remove all surface contaminants such as oil, grease or dirt, dust by hosing suitable detergent /pressure wash before coating.
CJs are best treated before the coating system is applied. The use of a PU Poly Urethane paintable Sealant incorporating backing rod in strict accordance with the
manufacturer recommendation for use on AFS WallTM should be used in all cases. NOTESelect :a colour that is complimentary to the final Texture colour. Apply Sealant on
THIS SYSTEM
completion of the panel installation prior to coatings systemIS SUITABLE WHERE PANEL ALIGNMENT TOLLERANCES 4MM
application.
WHERE MAJOR MISALIGNMENT OCCURS, REFER TO ADDITIONAL REMEDIAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PRETREATMENT
Data Application Rate Recoat **
AFS WALLTM COATING
Expansion Joints:
SYSTEM
Sheet @250C & 50% RH
JOINT FLUSHING
CJs are best treated before the coating system is applied. The use of a PU Poly Urethane paintable Sealant incorporating backing rod in strict accordance with the
DULUX AcraPatch
manufacturer Course L/Shade
recommendation for use on19420806
AFS WallTM should be used in all cases. Select a colour that is complimentary to the final Texture colour. Apply Sealant on
Mix AcraPatch
completion Course
of the panel with 10%prior
installation Portland Cement
to coatings and apply
system to joint recess and immediately install
application. AUSA 2925 12 m2 per Litre 8 hour
AcraTex Reinforcing Tape into the wet AcraPatch followed by further AcraPatch to fill the recess.
Application of AcraPatch should be wet on wet to insure maximum integrity of the joint.
TM Data Application Rate Recoat **
AFS LOGICWALL
AFS WALL COATING COATING
SYSTEM SYSTEM
Sheet @250C & 50% RH
BASE COAT
DULUX AcraTex AcraPatch High Build L/Shade 19485841
JOINT FLUSHING 0.8L / m2 / mm
Mix Ratio
DULUX AcraPatch Course L/Shade 19420806 16 Hours
15L AcraTex 500/11 AcraPatch HB; 300mls Portland Cement (5%) 2
Mix
Use AcraPatch Course
a power mixing with to
device 10%
mixPortland Cement and apply to joint recess and immediately install
thoroughly. AUSA 2925
AUDA0440 12 m1x15Lper Litre 8 hour
AcraTex Reinforcing Tape into the wet AcraPatch followed by further AcraPatch to fill the recess. AcraPatch HB Protect from rain in
Ensure that all imperfections are filled, work away from the sun (in shaded areas).
Application of AcraPatch should be wet on wet to insure maximum integrity of the joint. will cover first 24 hours
Apply with Hawk & Trowel evenly over surface to the thickness 25mm in a single pass.
6 m2 @ 2mm thick
BASEDOCOAT
NOT overspread the material.
Follow AcraTex
DULUX up with alight floatingHigh
AcraPatch process to level
Build out the
L/Shade product using a polystyrene or red plastic float.
19485841
0.8L / m2 / mm
Mix Ratio
OPTIONAL PRIMER COAT 16 Hours
4 Hours
15L AcraTex 500/11 AcraPatch HB; 300mls Portland
DULUX AcraTex AcraPrime Water based Line/Shade 19420902 Cement (5%)
10 1x15L
2
Use atopower mixing device toandmixworkability
thoroughly. AUDA0440 m / Litre
Used improve application of texture coat. AUDA0441 AcraPatch HB Protect
Ensure1 that per Coat Protect from rain
from rain in
in
Apply coatall imperfections
with a 12mm napare filled,
roller work
over theaway
surfacefrom the suna(in
ensuring shaded
wet edge isareas).
maintained over the will cover first 24 hours
Apply with Hawk & Trowel evenly over surface to the thickness 25mm in a single pass. first 24 hours
application area. 6 m2 @ 2mm thick
DO NOT overspread the material.
Follow COAT
TEXTURE up with a light floating process to level out the product using a polystyrene or red plastic float.
16 Hours
DULUX AcraTex Coventry Coarse L/Shade 19485753
OPTIONAL PRIMER COAT
Apply with Hawk & Trowel evenly over surface to the thickness of the largest particles in a single AUDA1065 1.1 m2 / Litre 4 Hours
DULUX AcraTex AcraPrime Water based Line/Shade 19420902 2 Protect from rain in
pass. 10 m / Litre
Used first 24 hours
Followtoupimprove application
with a light floatingand workability
process of texture
to level out the coat.
product using a red plastic float trowel. AUDA0441
per Coat Protect from rain in
Apply 1 coat with a 12mm nap roller over the surface ensuring a wet edge is maintained over the
first 24 hours
TOPapplication
COAT area.
DULUX AcraTex AcraShield Line/Shade 19451950
TEXTURE COAT
Apply 2 coats with a 12mm nap roller over the surface ensuring a wet edge is maintained over the 16 Hours
DULUX AcraTex Coventry Coarse L/Shade 19485753 4 Hours
application area whilst one coat will provide adequate protection from the elements we recommend
Apply with Hawk & Trowel evenly over surface to the thickness of the largest particles in a single AUDA1065 5 mm2 2/ /Litre
1.1 Litre
the application of 2 coats the first diluted with 10% water and the second with only 5% water to AUDA0432 Protect
pass. per Coat Protect from
from rain
rain in
in
ensure an even finish is achieved. first
Follow up with a light floating process to level out the product using a red plastic float trowel. first 24
24 hours
hours
TOPDulux
COATrecommends 2 coats application for even coverage to minimising cutting in and lap marks
effects.AcraTex AcraShield Line/Shade 19451950
DULUX
Apply 2 coats with a 12mm nap roller over the surface ensuring a wet edge is maintained over the
4 Hours
application area whilst one coat will provide adequate protection from the elements we recommend
5 m2 / Litre
the application of 2 coats the first diluted with 10% water and the second with only 5% water to AUDA0432
per Coat Protect from rain in
ensure an even finish is achieved.
first 24 hours
Dulux recommends 2 coats application for even coverage to minimising cutting in and lap marks
effects.
AcraTex -AFS
DULUX AcraTex AFSLOGICWALL
WALL AcraPatch High Build
AcraPatch High Finishing System
Build Finishing System
Duspec Prepared By Shane Langkilde
Coventry Coarse Trowel Applied
Applied Finish
Finish Page 1 of 2
Duspec No AC1201 Issue No 4 Date 01.04.2012 Approved By Ian Schultz
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED
DULUX THAT the foregoing
AcraTex AFS WALLshall not exclude, limit,
AcraPatch High restrict
BuildorFinishing
modify theSystem
right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
Duspec
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting suchPrepared
StateFinish By
exclusion limitation ShaneCoating
or modification. Langkilde
systems can be expected to perform as
Coventry Coarse Trowel Applied Page 1 of 2
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
Duspec
The dataNo AC1201
provided within the DuspecIssue
systemNo 4 at the time of publication,
is correct Date 01.04.2012
however Approved
it is the responsibility of Bythis informationIan
those using Schultz
to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
these coating systems.
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document.
DISCLAIMER:
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049 427
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data provided within the Duspec system is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
222
216 these coating systems.
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document.
DESIGNER
DESIGNER
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger 2015
2012
Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049 427 WALLING SOLUTIONS
DuSpec Specification Sheet
DULUX AcraTex Coating System for AFS LOGICWALL Building System.
Trade Co-Ordination
Coventry Coarse Trowel Applied Finish
Trade Co-ordination
Important Notes:
J12 Appendix continued
Coatings should be applied in full accordance with relative product Technical and Applicational data sheets.
J12.4
Refer toDulux Externalrecommendations
Remedial Specification Coating Specification continued
This system is recommended where panel misalignment is NOT greater than 4mm.
where panel misalignment is greater than 4mm.
DuSpec Specification
conditions (eg wind). Sheet
J
Practical spreading rates will vary from quoted theoretical figures depending on substrate porosity, surface roughness, misalignment, overspray losses, application
J
methods and environmental
DULUX AcraTex Coating System for AFS LOGICWALL Building System.
Coventry
Protect fromCoarse Trowel
rain and frost Applied
for 24 hours Finish
when apply at the recommended spread rate.
o
Dry times apply to a single coat at recommended spread rate and at 25 C and 50% Relative Humidity
Allow longer times under cool, moist, or still conditions and or when applied at high film builds.
Do not apply paint if Relative Humidity is above 85% or temperature is within 3C of Dew Point.
Do not apply if the surface temperature is greater than 40C or below 10C, or likely to fall below 10C during the application or drying period.
Important Notes:
When using Bright Reds, Oranges, Blues and Yellows or where very light colours are applied over highly contrasting colours an extra coat maybe required.
At Commencement
Coatings should be of coating
applied in system application
full accordance withtorelative
the substrate
productit Technical
shall be deemed that the Applicator
and Applicational has certified that the surface which it is to be applied to is fit
data sheets.
receive the specified
This system coating(s)where
is recommended system.
panel misalignment is NOT greater than 4mm.
When theRemedial
Refer to Applicator is preparingrecommendations
Specification the site sample forwhere
approval hemisalignment
panel should adviseisthe Project
greater Superintendent
than 4mm. if the substrate condition is not of sufficient standard to
produce the specified finish.
Practical spreading rates will vary from quoted theoretical figures depending on substrate porosity, surface roughness, misalignment, overspray losses, application
Where
methods possible avoid dark colours
and environmental these
conditions (eg will give raise to much higher surface temperature that may cause addition thermal stress and cooling demand to the building
wind).
envelope and/ or require extra engineering considerations
(Greater building costs).
Protect from
Consult Duluxrain
on and frost for 24
the potential to hours when apply
use InfraCOOL at the
Heat recommended
Reflective Coatingsspread rate.
that will keep the surface cooler.
Dry times apply to a single coat at recommended spread rate and at 25oC and 50% Relative Humidity
Allow longer times under cool, moist, or still conditions and or when applied at high film builds.
The coastal area is considered a marine environment and as such salt potentially can shorten the life of the coating systems. Care needs to be taken to wash down all
areas twice. Once to remove surface contaminants, and raise salts to the surface and then secondly to remove these salts. Due to the locality, Weather conditions and
Do not
lag timeapply paintapplications
between if Relative Humidity is above
of the coating 85%itormay
system temperature is need
require the withinto3C of Dew
wash Point.
again, between coats.
Do not apply if the surface temperature is greater than 40C or below 10C, or likely to fall below 10C during the application or drying period.
A DULUX warranty can be provided on request when the full AcraTex system is applied by a DULUX AcraTex trained applicator, according to specification, & at the
When using
specified Bright Reds,
spreading rates,Oranges, Blues and
& to the surface Yellows or
preparation where
details very lightincolours
described are applied
the DULUX AcraTexover highly contrasting
Specification Manual.colours an extra coat maybe required.
At Commencement
The dynamics of theofsubstrate
coating system application
are outside to the
the control of substrate it shalland
Dulux Australia be deemed
as such that
jointthe Applicatororhas
deformation certified
cracking that the surface
is excluded which it terms.
from warranty is to beRefer
applied to is fit
warranty
receive thefor
document specified coating(s) system.
full terms.
When the Applicator is preparing the site sample for approval he should advise the Project Superintendent if the substrate condition is not of sufficient standard to
produce the specified finish.
Glancing light
Joints and panel deformation may be clearly evident under glancing light, casting visible shadows of the minute and uneven projections of the joints. Glancing light is
Where
light possible
that avoid
is nearly darktocolours
parallel these
the surface of will
the give
wall raise to much
and casts higher
visible surface
shadows temperature
and that may of
uneven projections cause addition
the joints. thermal
Just stress and
like rendered coolingJointed
masonry/ demand to theany
system building
envelope
uneven and/ or require
projections will beextra engineering
highlighted and asconsiderations
such are outside the control / scope of this specification.
(Greater building costs).
Consult Dulux on the potential to use InfraCOOL Heat Reflective Coatings that will keep the surface cooler.
When using this specification, the Applicator shall maintain records in accordance with AS3894 Parts 10, 11 and 12 and others as required by the Project Manager.
These records shall be made available for inspection at any time by the Project Manager or authorised representative and submitted to the Principal Contractor upon
The coastalof
completion area is considered a marine environment and as such salt potentially can shorten the life of the coating systems. Care needs to be taken to wash down all
work.
areas twice. Once to remove surface contaminants, and raise salts to the surface and then secondly to remove these salts. Due to the locality, Weather conditions and
lag time between applications of the coating system it may require the need to wash again, between coats.
A DULUX warranty can be provided on request when the full AcraTex system is applied by a DULUX AcraTex trained applicator, according to specification, & at the
specified spreading rates, & to the surface preparation details described in the DULUX AcraTex Specification Manual.
The dynamics of the substrate are outside the control of Dulux Australia and as such joint deformation or cracking is excluded from warranty terms. Refer warranty
document for full terms.
Glancing light
Joints and panel deformation may be clearly evident under glancing light, casting visible shadows of the minute and uneven projections of the joints. Glancing light is
light that is nearly parallel to the surface of the wall and casts visible shadows and uneven projections of the joints. Just like rendered masonry/ Jointed system any
uneven projections will be highlighted and as such are outside the control / scope of this specification.
When using this specification, the Applicator shall maintain records in accordance with AS3894 Parts 10, 11 and 12 and others as required by the Project Manager.
These records shall be made available for inspection at any time by the Project Manager or authorised representative and submitted to the Principal Contractor upon
completion of work.
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data provided within the Duspec system is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
these coating systems.
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document.
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049 427
DISCLAIMER:
Any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by any of the divisions of DuluxGroup Products in relation to goods manufactured by it or their use and application is given in
good faith and is believed by DuluxGroup to be appropriate and reliable. However, any advice, recommendation, information, assistance or service provided by DuluxGroup is provided without liability
or responsibility PROVIDED THAT the foregoing shall not exclude, limit, restrict or modify the right entitlements and remedies conferred upon any person or the liabilities imposed upon DuluxGroup by
any condition or warranty implied by Commonwealth, State or Territory Act or ordinance void or prohibiting such exclusion limitation or modification. Coating systems can be expected to perform as
indicated on the Duspec Spec Sheet so long as applications and application procedures of the individual products are followed as recommended on the appropriate Product data Sheet
The data provided within the Duspec system is correct at the time of publication, however it is the responsibility of those using this information to check that it is current prior to specifying or using any of
these coating systems.
This specification should be read in conjunction with the Product Datasheets specified within this document. 223
217
"Dulux" "Berger" "Berger Gold Label" "Hadrian" "Walpamur" "Levene" "AcraTex" are registered trademarks of DuluxGroup Pty Ltd ABN . 67 000 049 427
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Co-Ordination
TradeCo-ordination
224
218 AFS FINISHING SYSTEMS 01.05.2012
DESIGNER
DESIGNER 2015
2012 Page 6 of 10 WALLING SOLUTIONS
J Notes
Trade Co-ordination
J
225
DESIGNER 2015
J Trade Co-ordination
226
DESIGNER 2015
K Installation Guide
K1 Introduction
K2 Installation Process
K3 Delivery and Set Out
K4 Floor Track Installation
K5 Panel Erection and Reinforcement Installation
K6 Core Filling of Walls
K7 Removal of Braces
K8 Routine QA Procedures
K9 Tools and Accessories
Installation
Guide
2015 EDITION
K Installation Guide
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
Disclaimer: AFS is a supplier of AFS LOGICWALL only and is in no way responsible for the installation and/ or finishing of AFS LOGICWALL. Whilst
every endeavour has been made by AFS in section K to provide an example of a successful method of installation for AFS LOGICWALL, it is not possible for AFS
to cover every situation that could arise on a project.
K1 Introduction
K
K
AFS LOGICWALL cannot be installed using traditional AFS has carried out various tests and used methods
compaction or vibration methods as this will result in which achieved compaction and the desired density and
blow outs. homogenity required, whilst avoiding vibration of the
concrete mix and blow outs. In this section, AFS have set
The contractor or installer of AFS LOGICWALL (as well as
out an example of a procedure for installation based on its
any other person involved in the installation process) is
own tests and experience in achieving desired compaction.
responsible for:
Proper installation of AFS LOGICWALL,
It is entirely at the discretion of the contractor or installer to
Achieving compaction for the concrete mix and
use this guide or an equivalent procedure when installing and
ensuring dense and homogeneous coverage is
achieving compaction and ensuring dense and homogeneous
achieved whilst avoiding blow outs,
coverage is achieved.
Avoiding over vibration of the concrete mix,
Ensuring that good building practice is followed in the
installation of AFS LOGICWALL and in accordance with
proper safety and environmental laws and regulations
as well as the requirements of the BCA.
227
221
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Guide
InstallationGuide
K K Installation
K2 Installation Process
page page
PAGE PAGE
K3
K3 Delivery and Set Out ................................. 223
Delivery and Set Out............................................ 223 K5.23 Connection to pre-cast/in-situ concrete
K5.24 Raking walls............................................................ 234
K3.1
K3.1 FirstStep.
First .................................................... 223
Step................................................................ 223 K5.25 - structural
Cast-in items.and non-structural ...................... 234235
..........................................................
K3.2 Delivery to site ............................................. 223 K5.24 Raking walls ................................................ 234
K3.2 Delivery to site......................................................... 223 K5.26 Temporary patching of minor
K3.3 Panel set out ............................................... 223 K5.25 Cast-in items
damage ...............................................
to panels. 235235
...................................................
K3.3 Panel set out........................................................... 223
K4 Floortrack Installation .............................. 224 K5.26
K5.27 Temporary
Fitting patching
of vertical of minor
reinforcing bars............................. 236
K4 Floortrack Installation......................................... 224 damage to panels ........................................ 235
K4.1 Floor track fixing .......................................... 224 K5.28 Vertical reinforcing bars and
K4.1 Floor track fixing...................................................... 224 K5.27 Fitting ofslab
vertical reinforcing bars .................. 236236
K4.2 Floor track pre-cast systems.............................................
K4.2 Floor track K5.28 Vertical reinforcing bars and
external
externalwall
wallflashing
flashingrequirements.
requirements ............ 225
...................... 225 K5.29 Restraint of vertical reinforcement bars
pre-cast slab systems....................................... 236
K5 Panel Erection
Erection && Reinforcement . 225225 during concrete pour............................................... 236
K5 Panel ReinforcementInstallation Installation.... K5.29 Restraint of vertical reinforcement bars
K5.1 Startingpoint
pointforforwall
wallinstallation.
installation .................. 225 K5.30 Final check before concrete pour............................. 236
K5.1 Starting ............................. 225 during concrete pour.................................... 236
K5.2 Variation in wall dimensions ......................... 225 K6 Core filling of walls.............................................. 237
K5.2 Variation in wall dimensions..................................... 225 K5.30 Final check before concrete pour .................. 236
K5.3 Commencement of panel installation ............ 226 K6.1 Concrete pour limitations......................................... 237
K5.3 Commencement of panel installation....................... 226 K6 Core filling of walls ....................................... 237
K5.4 Application of adhesive to floor track edge .... 226 K6.2 Additional equipment required for concrete pour...... 237
K5.4 Application of adhesive to floor track edge............... 226 K6.1 Concrete pour limitations ............................. 237
K5.5 Placement and positioning of braces ............. 227 K6.3 Number of concrete passes
K5.5 Placement and positioning of braces........................ 227 K6.2 Additional equipment required for concrete pour ... 237
required per panel................................................... 237
K5.6 Fixing of braces ........................................... 227 K6.3 Number of concrete passes
K5.6 Fixing of braces....................................................... 227
K5.7 Bracing considerations K6.4 Concrete
required per panel ....................................... 237238
pour.........................................................
K5.7 Bracing considerations
high
highpanels,
panels,highhighwind.
wind .............................. 227
......................................... 227
K6.5
K6.4 Concrete
Concretemix pourdesign.
............................................. 238238
...............................................
228
222
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K3 Delivery and Set Out
K3.1 First Step
Collect the AFS LOGICWALL Shop Drawings and the as and work out a loading scheme - where to put each pack on
K
packed paperwork from AFS. Assess the pallets of panels the deck to minimise handling of panels.
K
K3.2 Delivery to Site
Take delivery of the AFS LOGICWALL. Transport to site damage free unloading of the AFS LOGICWALL.
is arranged by AFS and lifting forks are provided with the
It is important to have sufficient g luts a vailable t o l and t he
delivery for unloading with a crane. If there is no crane a
pallets on. In some situations the supply of these can be
forklift will be required to unload the pallets.
negotiated with AFS.
The crane driver and dog man are responsible for the safe and
229
223
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Guide
InstallationGuide
K K Installation
A double bead of polyurethane sealant (eg. Sikaflex, Bostik Seal Working off the chalk-lines, using an off-cut of board as a
and Flex) must be applied (in accordance with manufacturers spacer, shoot the floor track provided to the concrete slab.
instructions) under the floor track on all external walls and any Ensure that the correct size (width) floor track is used for the
portion of wall that separates or adjoins wet-areas (bathrooms, required wall thickness.
kitchens, laundries). Wall thickness may vary wall to wall, level to level.
230
224
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K5 Panel Erection and Reinforcement Installation
K
It is important to consider the wall layout and to establish the to provide the best results and also to minimise restriction of
K
best starting point and sequence in which to proceed with free movement by personnel around the site.
installation of panels to ensure that the most working space If the walls are going to need to be filled off a mobile scaffold,
possible is kept clear. it is preferable to run the braces in a way that leaves one face
Consideration should also be given to the positioning of braces of each wall clear.
When ready to start putting up panels, it is advisable to wall. Depending on the amount, it may be easiest to trim a few
compare the wall dimension on site to the dimension on the panels back or it may be necessary to take a larger cut off one
drawing. panel. The effect of this on the panel and how it will impact on
If necessary the panels can creep at the joint (i.e. the panels the joiner needs to be considered.
not butted tight together, to make up the wall length). However the golden rule is dial before you cut - there may be
If the site dimension is noticeably shorter, identify which is some basic discrepancy in drawings or even on rare occasions,
going to be the easiest way to take some length out of the an incorrect label.
231
225
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Guide
InstallationGuide
K K Installation
The panel to be placed (whether a straight panel or a pre- and the panel rest on top of the track. It is important to tap the
fabricated corner panel) is stood vertically beside the floor track inwards and ensure the panel has dropped down and is
track (with the joiner at the appropriate end as per the drawings) sitting on the slab.
working in a three man team and following safe manual
Should any of the starter bars foul on the studs within the
handling procedures. Mechanical lifting should be considered
panel, the bars can normally be pushed/pulled clear of the stud
for panels over 3.6m and must be used for panels over 4.2m.
and the panel successfully lowered as normal. Occasionally
The panel is then lifted clear of the starter bars, aligned with it may be necessary to lift the panel completely clear and
the track and then lowered into position, dropping down over actually bend the starter bar/s that are fouling to re-align them
the floor track. The track may occasionally be belled out a little sufficiently for the panel to easily be lowered into position.
232
226
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K5 Panel Erection and Reinforcement Installation continued
K
K
When the first panel of a wall is stood, it is essential to ensure to push/pull the panel into alignment. AFS LOGICWALL
that the panel is square, straight, plumb and true before further needs to be installed to achieve a tolerance of +/- 4mm
panels are installed. over any 1800mm plane. In the case of corners it is not
uncommon to use 3 or 4 braces.
Additional braces may be used and fitted in varying positions
The standard braces used by installers of AFS LOGICWALL weather it is the responsibility of the Builder and the Installers
are engineer certified and are more than adequate for normal to ensure that the AFS LOGICWALL panels are suitably/safely
applications. braced to maintain their integrity whilst filling with concrete.
In situations where panels higher than 3.6m are being installed If in doubt check with project structural engineer.
or on sites in areas known to be subject to wild or squally
233
227
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Guide
Installation Guide
InstallationGuide
K K Installation
K5
K5 Panel
PanelErection
Erectionand
andReinforcement
ReinforcementInstallation
Installationcontinued
continued
K5.8
K5.8 Panels
Panelsscrewed
screwedatatfloor
floortrack
track
K
Once
Oncethethefirst
firstpanel
panelis issecurely
securelyin inplace
placeand
andplumbed,
plumbed,screw
screw
along
alongthethefloor
floortrack
trackat at400mm
400mmcentres.
centres.
K5.9
K5.9 Panelinstallation
Panel installation
TheThenextnextpanel
panelis isnow
nowbrought
broughtalongside
alongsidethethefloorfloortrack,
track,and
and The
Thepanel
panelis isthen
thenlowered
loweredinto
intoposition,
position,plumbed
plumbedand
andthethejoint
joint
then
thenlifted
liftedclear
clearof ofthethestarter
starterbars
barsand
andthethejoiner
joinerengaged
engagedin in and
andfloor
floortrack
trackscrewed
screwedat at400mm
400mmcentres.
centres.DoDonotnotscrew
screw
thethefirst
firstpanel.
panel. within
within10mm
10mmof ofthetheedge
edgeof ofthetheboard.
board.
This
Thisis isdone
donebybylifting
liftingthetheleading
leadingend endof ofthethepanel
panelhigher
higherand and A Abrace
braceis isfitted
fittedat atthethejoint
jointand
andthethenext
nextpanel
panelin inpositioned
positioned
getting
gettingthethebottombottomof ofthethejoiner
joinerinto
intothethefirst
firstpanel.
panel.
The Thetrailing
trailing using
usingthethesame
sametechnique.
technique.
end
endof ofthethepanel
panelis isnownowlifted,
lifted,bringing
bringingthethebase baseof ofthethepanel
panel AsAseach
eachpanelpanelis isabout
aboutto tobebeplaced,
placed,visually
visuallycheck
checkwhether
whether
parallel
parallelwith withthetheslab
slabandandat atthethesame
sametime timefeeding
feedingthethejoiner
joiner there
thereis isany
anybuild
buildupupof ofexcess
excessadhesive
adhesiveononthethejoiner.
joiner.If there
If there
into
intothethefirst
firstpanel.
panel. is,is,
scrape
scrapeit off
it offwith
witha chisel
a chiselprior
priorto toplacing
placingthethepanel.
panel.
4.4. 5.5.
234
228
228
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
DESIGNER2012
2012 WALLING
WALLING
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K5 Panel Erection and Reinforcement Installation continued
K
K
of the floor track and the joiner of the first and last 1 or 2
panels of any wall run.
235
229
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Guide
InstallationGuide
K K Installation
236
230
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K5 Panel Erection and Reinforcement Installation continued
K5.15 Continued
Large span lintels will need temporary propping during and Refer to project structural engineer for advice.
K
after pour until adequate cure time has been reached.
K
K5.16 Doorway openings
Where the opening is a doorway, if a metal door frame is to Alternatively the panels either side are fixed into position and
be fitted, the frame is slid into position with the throat of the plumbed (ensuring the opening between them is accurate
frame over or into the last panel. The next full size panel is for the frame). The frame can then be lowered between the
then placed in position having been engaged into the throat panels. The lintel panel is lowered into position, engaging into
of the door frame. the panels on both sides and dropping down into the head of
A piece of AFS LOGICWALL track is flush fitted into the end the door frame.
of the AFS LOGICWALL panels to provide a solid element A door opening that is going to have a retro-fitted door frame
to fix the frame to. is created and capped in the same way as a window opening,
without out the sill panel.
237
231
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Guide
InstallationGuide
K K Installation
238
232
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K5 Panel Erection and Reinforcement Installation continued
K
established and accurately marked on the through wall. track on the through wall should be glued and screwed.
K
A piece of AFS LOGICWALL track is then cut to the Where the T wall takes off from the through wall at an
appropriate length and fixed to the face of the through wall. angle other than 90, AFS provide custom folded metal
profiles to take the place of the AFS LOGICWALL track.
Using a hammer, break out the fibre cement board of
Prior to fitting this profile to the through wall, using a piece
the through wall within each hole in the AFS LOGICWALL
of AFS LOGICWALL track as a template, cut holes in the
track. (This ensures concrete flow between the two
web that basically match the holes in AFS LOGICWALL
walls). Remove the broken out board from inside the
track. The pressing is then installed as outlined for the
panel via the bottom hole.
AFS LOGICWALL track section above.
The T wall is then erected as normal.
Board
trimmed
back on-site.
Studs fitted
on-site once
Board boards all
trimmed trimmed,
back on-site. glued and
screw fixed.
Temporary galvanised
angle removed after
concrete pour.
239
233
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Guide
InstallationGuide
K K Installation
240
234
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K5 Panel Erection and Reinforcement Installation continued
K
K
AFS LOGICWALL eg. brackets for lift rails in lift shafts. The
position of such items needs to be clearly established and
the panel cut out as required.
The items to be cast-in need to be securely fitted to a piece of
form-ply significantly larger than the cast-in item. The item is
then located in the cut out in the panel gap and the form-ply
securely screwed to the face of the panel, ensuring that the
screws have engaged in the studs within the panel. After pour,
the form-ply is removed and if required at some later point the
screw holes can be patched/flushed.
When the installation of panels is complete and all capping has of form-ply tek-screwed over the area, ensuring the screws
been fitted, the walls need to be checked over and any areas of engage in the studs within the panel.
minor damage, as inevitably happens (eg. a corner of a panel After pour these patches are simply removed by reversing out
gets broken away, a panel gets a hole punched in the face by the tek-screws. Such areas are patched and flushed at the
some mishap), need to be temporarily patched to ensure that time when the joints are taped and set.
these spots dont become weak points and let go during the
concrete pour. This is done using appropriate sized pieces
241
235
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Guide
InstallationGuide
K K Installation
242
236
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K5 Panel Erection and Reinforcement Installation continued
K5.30 Final check before concrete pour continued
Power/data connection boxes need a face plate fitted to the end of the conduit, inside the box, to prevent the conduit
K
hold them square and prevent them from dislodging during floating out during the concrete pour.
K
concrete pour. Also, it is advisable to put a screw through
K6 Introduction
The contractor or installer is responsible for achieving This guide sets out the methods used by AFS to achieve
compaction and dense and homogeneous coverage of the compaction.
concrete mix in AFS LOGICWALL.
Use of this guide or an equivalent procedure to achieve
AFS cannot be installed using traditional methods
LOGICWALL compaction of AFS LOGICWALL is entirely at the discretion
of compaction or vibration. of the contractor or installer.
AFS has carried out tests which achieved desired compaction AFS is not responsible for achieving compaction of the
or dense and homogeneous coverage of AFS LOGICWALL. concrete in AFS LOGICWALL or core filling of walls.
243
237
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER2012
DESIGNER 2015
Installation Guide
Guide
InstallationGuide
K K Installation
K6
K6 Core
CoreFilling
Fillingof
ofWalls
Wallscontinued
continued
K6.4
K6.4
K6.4 Concretepour
Concrete pour
The
TheThe concrete
concrete mix
concretemix and
mixand concrete
andconcrete placement
concreteplacement technique
placementtechnique isis critical
techniqueis critical
critical AFS LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL cannot
cannot be
becore
corefilled
filledusing
usingtraditional
traditionalcore
core
K
to
to tothe
thethesuccessful
successful outcome
successfuloutcome of filling
outcomeofoffilling AFS
fillingAFS LOGICWALL.
AFSLOGICWALL
LOGICWALL.. filling and
filling and vibrating
vibrating methods.
methods.
a 50mm delivery hose. Never fill AFS LOGICWALL using a for the
10m3average 2nd
per hour. pass of the
It is important concrete pour
to advise AFS to commence.
the concrete supply
to increase
The concrete must the slump using
be placed to 140a suitable
160mm. boomSlump
pumpisvia
to The pump rate for corefilling LOGICWALL is
c) If
company the reinforcement bar does not stop and continues
kibble.
be measured and discharged from the truck
a 50mm delivery hose. Never fill AFS LOGICWALL using a to
AS1379 10m 3
per ofhour.the Itrequired
is importantdelivery turn around
to advise time. supply
the concrete (e.g.
1x5m to3 go
load downevery into
half the wet concrete, the concrete is still
hour).
kibble.requirements. company
too wet of forthecommencement
required delivery turnsecond
of the aroundpasstime. (e.g.
of the
Pumpable for delivery via a 50mm diameter hose, with 1x5m 3
load every half hour).
concrete pour. Allow suitable time for the concrete to
continuous flow.
gel. Then, conduct the test again to check and ensure
Concrete Gel Test that it meets the bar sink criteria as noted in Step b
The concrete core filling in AFS Logic wall is undertaken in before proceeding to the next pass of the concrete pour.
passes with concrete pours limited to 1500mm high per pass. d) Depending on wall height, the gel test shall be carried out
A simple reinforcement test shall be undertaken to check for all subsequent passes of the concrete pour.
that concrete in each pass has gelled sufficiently before the
Concrete is vibrated with a 40mm diameter needle
subsequent pass (Typically 30 minutes or more). The test steps
vibrator by placing the vibrator in the upper 300mm of
are as follows:
the wall panel and rattling the steel stud framework and
a) After the first pass of the concrete pour, lower an N12 or reinforcement bars.
244
238
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
that
thatisissuitable
suitablefor
forfilling
fillingAFS
AFSLOGICWALL
LOGICWALL. . toto increase
increase the the slump
slump toto 140
140 160mm.
160mm.Slump Slump isis toto
bebemeasured
measuredand anddischarged
dischargedfrom fromthe thetruck
trucktotoAS1379
AS1379
The
Theconcrete
concretecore
corefillfillmix
mixmust
mustbe
bedesigned
designedwith
withenhanced
enhanced
requirements.
requirements.
flow
flowcharacteristics.
characteristics.Such
Suchconcrete
concreteisisavailable
availablefrom
fromHanson
Hanson
Pumpable
Pumpable for for delivery
delivery via
via aa 50mm
50mm diameter
diameter hose,
hose,with
with
Concrete
Concreteand
andmost
mostother
otherconcrete
concretesuppliers.
suppliers.
continuous
continuousflow.flow.
AFS
AFStrial
trialand
andexperience
experiencehave
haveshown
shownthatthataaconcrete
concretemix
mixthat
that Pours
Pourslimited
limitedtoto1500mm
1500mmhigh highlift
liftper
perpass.
pass.Allow
Allowsufficient
sufficient
isisdesigned
designedsuch
suchthat
thatsegregation
segregationand
andblowouts
blowoutsare
areprevented
prevented time
timebetween
betweenpasses,
passes,totoallow
allowthe
theconcrete
concreteofofthe
theprevious
previous
whilst
whilstachieving
achievingthe
therequired
requiredlevel
levelofofcompaction
compactionwill
willhave
havethe
the pass
passtotogel.
gel.(Typically
(Typically1/12/2hour
hourororlonger).
longer).
following
followingbasic
basiccharacteristics:
characteristics: Vibrated
Vibratedwith
withaa40mm40mmdiameter
diameterneedleneedlevibrator
vibratorbybyplacing
placing
Installation Guide
the
the vibrator
vibrator inin the
the upper
upper 300mm
300mm ofof the the wall
wall panel
panel and
and
Installation Guide
fc=25
fc=25 toto 50
50 MPa
MPa (to
(to be
be asas specified
specified byby the
the project
project
structural
structuralengineer).
engineer). rattling
rattlingthe
thesteel
steelstud
studframework
frameworkand andreinforcement
reinforcementbars.
bars.
7-10mm
7-10mmmaximum
maximumaggregate.
aggregate.
Note:
Note:Over
Overvibrating
vibratingcancanresult
resultininbulges
bulgesand/or
and/orblowouts.
blowouts.
K6 Core
Batched
Batched Filling
atat80mm
80mm slumpof
slump Walls
before
before continued
admixtures.
admixtures.
Do
Do not
not touch
touch the
the fibre
fibre cement
cement sheets
sheets with
with the
the vibrator.
vibrator.
Keep
Keepvibration
vibrationtotoaaminimum.
minimum.
K6.7 Over
Note: Concrete
K6.6vibrating
K6.6 pour
can
Concrete
Concrete procedure
result in bulges
delivery
delivery and and/or blowouts.
andplacement
placement The average pump rate for corefilling AFS LOGICWALL is 10m3
Do notfrom
Starting touch
The an the
Theconcrete fibre
concrete mustcement
appropriate
must be pointsheets
beplaced
placed usingawith
commence
using the
asuitable
suitable vibrator.
filling
boom
boom Keep
thepump
walls,
pump via
via per
There
The hour.
The average
averageIt pump
should ispump
important
be at rate fortocorefilling
least
rate for advise
one the
person
corefilling AFSconcrete
AFS either sidesupply
LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL is company
of isthe
wall at
K
vibration
aa to
50mma
50mm minimum.
delivery
delivery hose.
hose. Never
Never fill
fill AFS
AFS LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL
holding the hose directly over each cell (space between studs)aa using
using of
10m
10mthe
33
perrequired
per hour.
hour. ItItis delivery
is important
important turn
to
to around
advise
advise the
the time.
concrete
concrete
the base of the wall, confirming by tapping with a hammer that (e.g.
supply1x5m
supply 3
load
K
move from kibble.
kibble.
cell to cell counting to 10 to 20 as required to company
company
every of
halfof the
the
hour). required
required delivery
delivery
the correct height lift is being achieved. turn
turn around
around time.
time. (e.g.
(e.g.
1x5m
1x5m3 3 load
load every
everyhalf
halfhour).
hour).
achieve a maximum 1500mm high lift. Keep a keen eye on the panels for any sign of bulging or
When moving around the walls filling them, remember that movement. Should this occur, immediately move the hose to
the shorter/thinner a section of wall the faster it will fill. another area and continue pumping.
Consequently vary the time the hose is held over each cell
to ensure that any given area is only filled approximately
maximum 1500mm per pass.
Guide
Guide
Installation
K6 Core Filling of Walls continued
KInstallation
K6 Core Filling of Walls continued
K6.7 Concrete pour procedure
238
238
K6.7 from an
Starting Concrete pour
appropriate procedure
point commence filling the walls, There should be at least one person either side of the wall at
K6.7 Concrete pour procedure
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2012
2012 WALLING
WALLING
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
holding the
Starting hose appropriate
directly over eachcommence
cell (space between studs) the base of the wall, confirmingperson
by tapping with a hammer that
Starting from
from an
an appropriate pointpoint commence filling filling the
the walls,
walls, There
There should
should be be atat least
least one
one person either
either side
side ofofthe
thewall
wallatat
K
move
holdingfrom
the cell
hose to cell
directly counting
over eachto 10
cell to 20
(space as required
between studs)to the
the correct height lift is being achieved.
holding the hose directly over each cell (space between the base
base ofof the
thewall,
wall,confirming
confirmingbybytapping
tappingwith
withaahammer
hammerthatthat
achieve
move a maximum 1500mm high lift. Keep a keen eye on the panels for any sign of bulging or
studs) from
movecellfromtocell
celltocounting to 10toto1020to as
cell counting 20 required
as required to the correct height lift is being achieved.
the correct height lift is being achieved.
When
achieve moving
a around
maximum the
1500mm walls
to achieve a maximum 1500mm high lift. filling
high lift. them, remember that movement.
Keep a keenShould eye on thistheoccur, immediately
panels moveofthe
for any sign hose or
bulging to
the Keep a area
keenand eyecontinue
on the pumping.
panels for any sign of bulging or
Whenshorter/thinner
moving around a the
section
wallsoffilling
wall them,
the faster it will that
remember fill. another
movement. Should this occur, immediately move the hose to
When moving vary
Consequently around
the the
timewalls
the filling isthem,
hose held remember
over each that
cell movement. Should this occur, immediately move the hose to
the shorter/thinner a section of wall the faster it will fill. another area and continue pumping.
theensure
to shorter/thinner
thatvary agiven
anythe section ofiswallonlyisthe faster it will fill. another area and continue pumping.
Consequently timearea
the hose filled
held overapproximately
each cell
Consequently
maximum vary the time the hose is held over each cell
to ensure 1500mm
that any pergivenpass.
area is only filled approximately
to ensure that any given area is only filled approximately
maximum 1500mm per pass.
maximum 1500mm per pass.
K6.10
K6.8 Securing
Filling of temporary
of horizontal patches/bracing if area bulges/blows out
panels
IfSpecial
panel attention
bulging or blowtoouts
needs occur,
be given call filling
to the across other team
of horizontal Once form-plyit has
is happening been securely
is necessary to usescrewed
a needleto vibrator,
the face40mm
of the
members
panels (i.e.to studs
screwrunform-ply over the
horizontally) as affected
the concretearea, can
ensuring
tend panel
diameter andmaximum,
any othertotemporary
ensure thatpropping or bracing
these panels thought
are properly
that they getonthethescrews
to bridge into the pockets
stud leaving studs within
empty thebelow.
panel. If this necessary
filled. Note:applied, bring thecould
Over vibrating hoseresult
back in
and fill theand/or
bulges area. blow-
Clean up any concrete that may have become misplaced outs.
straight away.
K6.11
panels (i.e. Use
studs of
run the concrete
horizontally) as vibrator
the in
concrete
concrete can tend to bridge on the stud leaving pockets AFS
can LOGICWALL
tend diameter maximum, to ensure that these panels are properly
to bridge on the stud leaving pockets empty below. If this Note:
filled. Over vibrating
Note: Over could could
vibrating resultresult
in bulges and/orand/or
in bulges blow-outs.
blow-
Concrete
empty is toIf be
below. thisvibrated with a it40mm
is happening diameterto needle
is necessary use a The vibrator must not be dropped or lowered to the bottom
vibrator, by placing the vibrator within the upper 300mm outs.
of the panel (as done traditionally) or held against the fibre
of the wall panel and rattling the steel stud framework and cement board as this may result in panel failure.
reinforcement bars for 3 seconds at a time.
246
240
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
K6.11 Use of the concrete vibrator in AFS LOGICWALL
Concrete is to be vibrated with a 40mm diameter needle The vibrator must not be dropped or lowered to the bottom
vibrator, by placing the vibrator within the upper 300mm of the panel (as done traditionally) or held against the fibre
of the wall panel and rattling the steel stud framework and cement board as this may result in panel failure.
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
reinforcement bars for 3 seconds at a time.
be is
neatly
ItWhen at trowel
the this and
sills finished.
pointtopsthat L bars
of walls may filled,
have been be required to
they should ORb. needs
This trowelled to be off smooth
done byif the
it is the finished top
responsible of a wall
person or if
/ party.
K
be placed
Theneatly in sill/wall
top oftrowel the wetis either:
finished. concrete at the top of the AFS The
b) barsit isneed
trowelled to be tothe
off havebearing
smoothbeen edge
is theforfinished
if itordered Delta-core
and or available.
be readily
top of aUltra-floor
wall or if
K
the
LOGICWALL wall to tie the wall and slab over together. it isto tositbe
on.the bearing edge for Delta-core or Ultra-floor to
Thea.topleft
ofset
thedown slightly
sill/wall if a slab is to be poured over the top;
is either:
sit on.
a) left set down slightly if a slab is to be poured over the top;
Installation Guide
LOGICWALL panels. necessary, wipe the walls down. Otherwise the concrete will
This must be cleaned on the pour day, straight after the pour. set hard creating extra work to scrape off.
K
It is at this point thatremoval
L bars may be required to be placed in This needs to be done by the responsible person / party. The
beK7.1
placed inEarly
the wet concrete
DESIGNER of braces
2012 at the top of the AFS The bars need to have been ordered and be readily available. WALLING SOLUTIONS
the wet concrete at the top of the AFS LOGICWALL wall to tie bars need to have been ordered and be readily available.
The braces are normally removed once the slab
LOGICWALL wall to tie the wall and
slab over istogether.
poured especially in situations where the AFS LOGICWALL is
the wall and slab over together.
or the roof is attached. However if due to site conditions or for to become retaining wall and will be back-filled against,
any other circumstance, it is desirable to remove the braces or is to be loaded with a pre-cast slab system such as
earlier, approval must be obtained from the project engineer, Delta-core.
K7 Removal of Braces
K7 Removal of Braces
or the roof is attached. However if due to site conditions or for to become retaining wall and will be back-filled against,
any other circumstance, it is desirable to remove the braces or is to be loaded with a pre-cast slab system such as
earlier, approval must be obtained from the project engineer, Delta-core.
241
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
248
DESIGNER 2015
Installation Guide
Guide
Installation Guide
Installation
K8
K8 Routine
RoutineQA
QAProcedures
Procedures
K8.1
K8.1 Removal
Removalofoftemporary
temporarypatches
patches
The
Theday
dayafter
afterpour
pourany
anytemporary
temporarypatches
patchesare
aretotobe
beremoved.
removed. assessed.
assessed. IfIfthe
theply
plyhas
haspulled
pulledthe
theboard
boardtight
tightback
backagainst
against
K
K
K
InInthe
theevent
eventofofaabulge
bulgeororblowout
blowoutthat
thathad
hadtotobe
beply-ed
ply-edup up the
thestuds
studswithin
withinthe
thepanel,
panel,no
nofurther
furtherwork
workisisnecessary.
necessary.
during
during the
the pour,
pour, that
that ply
ply should
should be
be removed
removed andand the
the area
area
K8.2
K8.2 Repair
Repairofofpanels
panelsififconcrete
concretehas
hasbulged/panel
bulged/panelblown
blownout
out
IfIfthe
theboard
boardhashascome
comeaway awayfromfromthe
thestuds
studsand
andisisdistorted
distorted AAnewnewpiece
pieceofofboard
boardcancannow
nowbebeglued
gluedonto
ontothethestud
studororthe
the
beyond
beyond thethe allowable
allowable tolerance,
tolerance,aa cutcut through
through the
the board
board atat area
areacan
canbebepatched
patchedusing
usingaasuitable
suitableacrylic
acrylicmodified
modifiedrender
render
aapoint
pointwhere
whereititisisflat
flatagainst
againstthe thestuds
studsand
andthat
thatsection
sectionofof (i.e.
(i.e.Macrender)
Macrender)andandflushed
flushedover
overwhen
whenthe
thejoints
jointsare
areset.
set.
board
boardbeberemoved.
removed.IfIfthetheconcrete
concretehas hasbulged
bulgedpassed
passedthe
thestud,
stud,
scrape
scrapeititback
backtotothe
theface
faceofofthe
thestud
studwhile
whilethe
theconcrete
concreteisisstill
still
green.
green.
K8.3
K8.3 Repair
Repairofofvoids
voidsininpanels
panels
After
After AFS
AFS LOGICWALL
LOGICWALL walls
walls have
have been
been corefilled
corefilled the
the walls
walls be
beinjected
injectedinto
intothe
thepanel
paneltotofillfillthe
thehollow.
hollow.This
Thisprocess
processshould
should
should
should bebe tapped
tapped using
using hammers
hammers on on both
both sides
sides toto check
check be
be done
done inin conjunction
conjunction with
with specifications
specifications from
from the
the grout
grout
compaction.
compaction. Should
Should aa hollow
hollow inin the
the wall
wall be
be identified,
identified, the
the supplier
supplier and
and the
the methodology
methodology be be approved
approved byby the
the project
project
location
locationshould
shouldbe
bemarked.
marked.AAhigh
highstrength
strengthgrout
groutshould
shouldthen
then engineer.
engineer.
K8.4
K8.4 Cleaning
Cleaningand
andtidy
tidyup
up
When
Whenallallnecessary
necessarycleaning,
cleaning,tidy
tidyupupand
andpatching
patchinghas
hasbeen
been The
Thehorizontal
horizontaljoint
jointthat
thatoccurs
occursininstairwells
stairwells(also
(alsothe
theexternal
external
done,
done,the
theinstaller
installershould
shouldhand
handthe
thecompleted
completedareaareaover
overtotothe
the horizontal
horizontal joints,
joints, depending
depending onon thethe specified
specified finish)
finish) will
will
builder
builderuntil
untilititisisready
readyfor
forthe
theinstaller
installertotocome
comeback
backininandand inevitably
inevitably require
require some
some grinding
grinding back
back and/or
and/or patching
patching toto
tape
tapeand
andsetsetthethejoints.
joints. Some
Someareas
areaswill
willrequire
requireextra
extrawork
workinin feather-out
feather-out anyany misalignment
misalignment which
which has
has occurred
occurred during
during
preparation
preparationforforjoint
jointsetting.
setting. installation.
installation.
242
242 249
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2012
2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING
WALLING
SOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
page
K
K
250 243
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K9 Tools and Accessories continued
have the necessary tools available and to use the right tool for Variety of pliers
K
the right task. A range of squares
A typical range of hand tools would include, but not be limited Tool bag/belts are essential
to the following: String and chalk lines
Tape Measures - eg. 8m and 3m
A set of tin snips
Spirit levels - range of lengths
Cutting knife
eg. 600mm and 2000mm
Chisels
Plumb Bob
Hammers - claw and gympie
244 251
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K
of AFS LOGICWALLs. Wherever possible preference should be
K
The floor track is shot down using charge guns, typically Hilti GX100 with appropriate fixings.
Panel Joint fixing Screws
Panel Joint fixing Screws
The braces are fixed to the panel using tek-screws. These are driven in using cordless impact driver with hexhead bit fitted.
Scalibre Bolt
Scalibre Bolt
Scalibre Bolt
The braces are fixed to the concrete slab using Excalibur appropriate sized masonry bit) using cordless impact
style screw bolts. The screw bolts are driven into a hole wrench with appropriate sized impact socket.
that has been pre-drilled (using cordless rotary drill with
252 245
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
Floor Track Pins
K9 Tools and Accessories continued
K
K
Panel Joint fixing Screws
Wafer head screws
The panels are screwed off to the floor track and at each minimum Class 3 Galvanised. On some projects architects/
joint and end caps are fitted using counter sink, self drilling builders have specified stainless steel in external areas.
screws - there are a range of these available with Philips These screws are driven in using cordless impact driver
Wafer head screws
Head or Square Drive, in a range of styles. These must be fitted with the appropriate driver bits.
Long Tech Screw
Wafer head screws
Timber screw
The trimming of the panels and fitting of power boxes and circular saws with an appropriate range of cutting discs
involves the use of 100mm, 125mm and 225mm grinders eg. metal cutting and diamond dry cutting discs.
246 253
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Installation Guide
Installation Guide
K9.4 Adhesive/Sealant
The floor track at external walls and between wet areas,
K
requires 2 beads of sealant (one each side of the track). End
K
254 247
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
L Certification
L1 Structure
L2 Fire
L3 Acoustics
L4 Thermal
L5 Corefill Compaction Test
L6 Weatherproofing
Certification
2015 EDITION
L Certification
Certification
Certification
L L Certification
L1 Structure
255
249
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
L L Certification
256
250
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Certification
L L Certification
Fig. L1.1 Lateral Load Resistance of AFS Wall Panels - full report available upon request.
Page 1 of 49
257
251
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2012
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
Fig. L1.3 Report on compliance of LOGICWALL with the durability Requirements of AS3600
- Full report available upon request
L
258
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
Fig. L1.4 AFS Unisearch Report
L
COMMERCIAL-IN-CONFIDENCE
Report prepared on behalf of Expert Opinion Services
A business of UNSW Global Pty Limited
for
by
Mark Bradford
Scientia Professor & Professor of Civil Engineering
Australian Laureate Fellow,
Centre for Infrastructure Engineering and Safety
Faculty of Engineering,
The University of New South Wales
259
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
Certification
L2 Fire
Fig. L2.1 FRL Certificate for AFS150 LOGICWALL
L
L
260 259
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Certification
Certification
Fig. L2.2 FRL Certificate for AFS120 LOGICWALL
Certificate of Test
L
L
No. 2347
Copyright CSIRO 2011
Copying or alteration of this report
without written authorization from CSIRO is forbidden.
This is to certify that the element of construction described below was tested by the CSIRO Division of
Manufacturing and Infrastructure Technology in accordance with Australian Standard 1530, Methods for
fire tests on building materials, components and structures, Part 4-2005, Fire-resistance test of elements
of construction on behalf of:
A full description of the test specimen and the complete test results are detailed in the Division's
sponsored investigation report numbered FSV 1513.
DESCRIPTION: The specimen comprised a reinforced concrete wall system 3000-mm high x
3000-mm wide x 120-mm thick made up of three pre-fabricated permanent
formwork panels core-filled with concrete after assembly.
The pre-fabricated permanent formwork panels, 1200-mm wide x 3000-mm high,
comprised two 6-mm thick fibre cement sheets (CSR Waterblock Technology)
bonded to the perforated steel stud assembly using AFS Structural Adhesive. The
studs, nominally 2900-mm long x 108-mm wide x 35-mm high, with perforations
shown in drawing numbered AFS-CSIR-23-11-11, dated 23 November 2011, by
Peter Ellsmore & Associates Pty Ltd., were equally spaced over the width of the
panel at nominally 140-mm centres. The wall was reinforced with N12 reinforcing
bars at 400-mm centres vertically and 600-mm centres horizontally.
The panels were appropriately braced and 32 Mpa 120-mm slump concrete was
pumped in through the top openings in 1500-mm high layers, and trowelled off
when completely filled.
A total load of 700 kN was applied to the specimen for the duration of the test.
The element of construction described above satisfied the following criteria for fire-resistance for the period
stated
and therefore for the purpose of Building Regulations in Australia, achieved a fire-resistance level (FRL) of
240/240/180. The FRL is applicable for exposure to fire from either direction.
This certificate is provided for general information only and does not comply with the regulatory
requirements for evidence of compliance.
Garry E Collins
Manager, Fire Testing and Assessments
260 261
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Certification
262
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
Fig. L2.4 CSIRO Assessment report
263
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
Certification
L3 Acoustics
Fig. L3.1 PKAAcoustic
L3 PKA AcousticConsulting
ConsultingReport
Report - AFS120 to AFS262D
L
L
PKA ACOUSTIC CONSULTING
Acoustic Performance Assessment
Of a Product or System
Company Description
AFS Systems Pty Ltd, 2/34-38 Anzac Ave, Smeaton Grange
Product
AFS Logic Wall covering range of AFS120 to AFS262D providing ISO or
of various configurations from the base walls or using
ASTM Evaluation
plasterboard on one or both sides
Assessment Number
PKA-A144
Project Number
215 020
264 261
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Certification
Fig. L3.2 PKA Acoustic Consulting Report - Part A
L
BCA / NCC Evidence of Suitability
Acoustic Performance
Company Description
PKA ACOUSTIC CONSULTING
Product
AFS Logic Wall AFS162
Project Number
215 012
265
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
Acoustic Performance
Company Description
AFS Systems Pty Ltd, 2/34-38 Anzac Ave, Smeaton Grange
Product
AFS Logic Wall AFS162
Project Number
215 012
266
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
Fig. L3.4 CSIRO Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Insulation
267
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
Certification
L4 Thermal
Fig.Fig.
L4.1 ThermalPerformance
L5 Thermal Performance Report
Report
L
L
TOTAL R
THERMAL PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS
TO AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 (Dec 2006)
TOTAL R
The following calculations by James M Fricker Pty Ltd are based upon:
a) THERMAL 1PERFORMANCE
AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt CALCULATIONS
(Dec 2006) Materials for the thermal insulation of buildings. Part 1: General
criteria and technical provisions,
b) TOInstitute
the Australian AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt
of Refrigeration 1 (Dec
Air-conditioning & Heating (AIRAH) 2006)
Handbook (2007 Edition), and (if
necessary) the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook.
Results reported are for the insulation path only per the original AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 Clause 1.5.3.3 Total
thermal calculations
The following resistance -byAJames
total resistance associated
M Fricker Pty with a upon:
Ltd are based material or a system or construction of materials,
specified as a Total R, including surface film resistances to be in alignment with the BCA2009 Specification J1.3
examples.
a) AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 (Dec 2006) Materials for the thermal insulation of buildings. Part 1: General
criteria and technical provisions,
Total R-values are based on product in-service conditions in accordance with AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 (Dec
b) the2006) including
Australian the alteration
Institute of insulation
of Refrigeration material R for &
Air-conditioning temperature.
Heating (AIRAH) Handbook (2007 Edition), and (if
necessary) the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook.
The calculations have not yet been independently verified per requirements of AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1.
Results reported are for the insulation path only per the original AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 Clause 1.5.3.3 Total
Each calculation result is subject to any specific notes and assumptions listed on the calculation.
thermal resistance - A total resistance associated with a material or a system or construction of materials,
specified
If a as a Total R,differs
construction including
fromsurface film resistances
the described system, thetothermal
be in alignment
resistance with
may the BCA2009 Specification J1.3
be different.
examples.
Total R-values are based on product in-service conditions in accordance with AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 (Dec
2006) including the alteration of insulation material R for temperature.
The calculations have not yet been independently verified per requirements of AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1.
Each calculation result is subject to any specific notes and assumptions listed on the calculation.
If a construction differs from the described system, the thermal resistance may be different.
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD
54 Felix Crescent
Ringwood North VIC 3134
Mobile: 0414 804 097
Phone: (03) 9879 5744
Fax: (03) 8678 1227
fricker@optusnet.com.au
http://fricker.net.au
268
274
DESIGNER
DESIGNER2015
2012 WALLING SOLUTIONS
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191d Architectural Framing Systems
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
40mm PIR (24kg/m3) has conductivity 0.023 at 23C (AIRAH Handbook 2007)
Insulation R adjusted for temperature at 0.39%/K per AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1, Clause K3.1
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films.
Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R By the nature of construction, performance degradation by thermal bridging is negligible.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without
an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
DESIGNER 2015
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
269
L Certification
Certification
TOTAL R
THERMAL PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS
TO AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 (Dec 2006)
The following calculations by James M Fricker Pty Ltd are based upon:
a) AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 (Dec 2006) Materials for the thermal insulation of buildings. Part 1: General
criteria and technical provisions,
b) the Australian Institute of Refrigeration Air-conditioning & Heating (AIRAH) Handbook (2007 Edition), and (if
necessary) the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook.
Results reported are for the insulation path only per the original AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 Clause 1.5.3.3 Total
thermal resistance - A total resistance associated with a material or a system or construction of materials,
specified as a Total R, including surface film resistances to be in alignment with the BCA2011 Specification J1.3
examples.
R-values for parallel-faced air cavities were calculated using the Reflect-3 computer software that is based on
Robinson and Powell data and research by Oakridge National Laboratory, USA. These calculations are iterative
and only the converged results are shown. (Note that Reflect-3 calculations are limited to a maximum 100mm air
gap.)
Total R-values are based on product in-service conditions in accordance with AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 (Dec
2006) including the alteration of insulation material R for temperature, and derations of reflective foil emittances
due to dust as noted. Where a cavity is sealed, it is assumed there is no dust and hence emittance is not derated.
The calculations have not yet been independently verified per requirements of AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1.
Each calculation result is subject to any specific notes and assumptions listed on the calculation.
If a construction differs from the described system, the thermal resistance may be different.
fricker@optusnet.com.au
http://fricker.net.au
270
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
L
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e ARCHITECTURAL FRAMING SYSTEMS
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
Total R Total U
JMF "s" "w" "s" "w"
Calc. RESULTS as at 16/06/2011 Summer Winter Summer Winter
191w433 6mm fibre cement sheet, 138mm concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, 30mm R0.55 R0.57 1.83 1.74
unreflective air gap, 13mm plasterboard (bare)
191w434 6mm fibre cement sheet, 138mm concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, 30mm R0.99 R1.14 1.01 0.88
reflective air gap, 13mm plasterboard with bright RFL
191w435 6mm fibre cement sheet, 138mm concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, sarking R0.99 R1.14 1.01 0.88
with bright foil side facing air gap, 30mm reflective air gap, 13mm plasterboard
(bare)
191w436 6mm fibre cement sheet, 188mm concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, 30mm R0.58 R0.61 1.72 1.64
unreflective air gap, 13mm plasterboard (bare)
191w437 6mm fibre cement sheet, 188mm concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, sarking R1.04 R1.18 0.97 0.85
with bright foil side facing air gap, 30mm reflective air gap, 13mm plasterboard
(bare)
NOTES: The above shows Total R determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for the thermal insulation of buildings.
The insulation thermal resistance is calculated for the Australian air temperature differences (winter: 18-12C = 6K, summer: 36-24C =
12K) per AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006.
271
DESIGNER 2015
L Certification
272
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
DESIGNER 2015
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.42 12.67 12.54 0.25 0.024 35.12 34.59 34.86 0.53 6
138mm concrete 0.096 12.67 13.67 13.17 1.00 0.096 34.59 32.49 33.54 2.11 138
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 13.67 13.92 13.80 0.25 0.024 32.49 31.96 32.23 0.53 6
30mm unreflective air gap 0.193 13.92 15.94 14.93 2.02 0.165 31.96 28.33 30.14 3.63 0.87 0.87 30
13mm plasterboard (bare) 0.077 15.94 16.75 16.34 0.80 0.077 28.33 26.64 27.48 1.69 13
Indoor air film (unreflective surface): 0.120 16.75 18.00 17.37 1.25 0.120 26.64 24.00 25.32 2.64
Total Thermal Resistance, RTi = 0.57 winter 6.00 0.55 summer 12.00 193
Corresponding Total Conductance (UTi): 1.74 W/(m.K) 1.83 W/(m.K)
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS150 panel has 138mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.144
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS150 panel has 138mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.144
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
Calcs assumes plasterboard has bright foil on cavity side (e=0.03) RFL = Reflective Foil Laminate
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
An almost identical result would be achieved if, instead of the plasterboard foil, a separate RFL was used.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
DESIGNER 2015
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
273
L Certification
L Certification
274
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
DESIGNER 2015
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.21 12.34 12.27 0.13 0.024 35.52 35.23 35.37 0.29 6
138mm concrete 0.096 12.34 12.84 12.59 0.50 0.096 35.23 34.07 34.65 1.16 138
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.84 12.97 12.90 0.13 0.024 34.07 33.78 33.93 0.29 6
sarking with bright foil side facing air gap 0.000 12.97 12.97 12.97 0.00 0.000 33.78 33.78 33.78 0.00 0
30mm reflective air gap 0.761 12.97 16.97 14.97 4.00 0.614 33.78 26.38 30.08 7.40 0.03 0.87 30
13mm plasterboard (bare) 0.077 16.97 17.37 17.17 0.40 0.077 26.38 25.45 25.91 0.93 13
Indoor air film (unreflective surface): 0.120 17.37 18.00 17.68 0.63 0.120 25.45 24.00 24.72 1.45
Total Thermal Resistance, RTi = 1.14 winter 6.00 0.99 summer 12.00 193
Corresponding Total Conductance (UTi): 0.88 W/(m.K) 1.01 W/(m.K)
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS150 panel has 138mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.144
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS200 panel has 188mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.179
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
DESIGNER 2015
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
275
L Certification
L Certification
276
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
DESIGNER 2015
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.20 12.32 12.26 0.12 0.024 35.54 35.26 35.40 0.28 6
188mm concrete 0.131 12.32 12.99 12.66 0.66 0.131 35.26 33.75 34.50 1.51 188
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.99 13.11 13.05 0.12 0.024 33.75 33.47 33.61 0.28 6
sarking with bright foil side facing air gap 0.000 13.11 13.11 13.11 0.00 0.000 33.47 33.47 33.47 0.00 0
30mm reflective air gap 0.766 13.11 17.00 15.05 3.89 0.620 33.47 26.28 29.88 7.18 0.03 0.87 30
13mm plasterboard (bare) 0.077 17.00 17.39 17.20 0.39 0.077 26.28 25.39 25.84 0.89 13
Indoor air film (unreflective surface): 0.120 17.39 18.00 17.70 0.61 0.120 25.39 24.00 24.70 1.39
Total Thermal Resistance, RTi = 1.18 winter 6.00 1.04 summer 12.00 243
Corresponding Total Conductance (UTi): 0.85 W/(m.K) 0.97 W/(m.K)
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS200 panel has 188mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.179
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
Certification
Fig. L4.3 Thermal Performance Report
L
TOTAL R
THERMAL PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS
TO AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 (Dec 2006)
The following calculations by James M Fricker Pty Ltd are based upon:
a) AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 (Dec 2006) Materials for the thermal insulation of buildings. Part 1: General
criteria and technical provisions,
b) the Australian Institute of Refrigeration Air-conditioning & Heating (AIRAH) Handbook (2007 Edition), and (if
necessary) the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook.
Results reported are for the insulation path only per the original AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 Clause 1.5.3.3 Total
thermal resistance - A total resistance associated with a material or a system or construction of materials,
specified as a Total R, including surface film resistances to be in alignment with the BCA2011 Specification J1.3
examples.
R-values for parallel-faced air cavities were calculated using the Reflect-3 computer software that is based on
Robinson and Powell data and research by Oakridge National Laboratory, USA. These calculations are iterative
and only the converged results are shown. (Note that Reflect-3 calculations are limited to a maximum 100mm air
gap.)
Total R-values are based on product in-service conditions in accordance with AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 (Dec
2006) including the alteration of insulation material R for temperature, and derations of reflective foil emittances
due to dust as noted. Where a cavity is sealed, it is assumed there is no dust and hence emittance is not derated.
The calculations have not yet been independently verified per requirements of AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1.
Each calculation result is subject to any specific notes and assumptions listed on the calculation.
If a construction differs from the described system, the thermal resistance may be different.
fricker@optusnet.com.au
http://fricker.net.au
277
DESIGNER 2015
Certification
L
SUMMARY OF RESULTS
Total R Total U
JMF "s" "w" "s" "w"
Calc. RESULTS as at 24/8//2015 Summer Winter Summer Winter
191w40 AFS120 R2.0 LOGICWALL THERMAL (ANTIGLARE BUBBLE-FOIL) - 6mm fibre R1.79 R2.00 0.56 0.50
cement sheet, 108mm concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, 20mm reflective air
gap, R0.15 generic antiglare bubble-foil insulation, 28mm reflective air gap,
10mm plasterboard
191w41 AFS120 R2.0 LOGICWALL THERMAL (BUBBLE-FOIL) - 6mm fibre cement sheet, R1.82 R2.04 0.55 0.49
108mm concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, 20mm reflective air gap, R0.14
generic bubble-foil insulation, 28mm reflective air gap, 10mm plasterboard
191w42 AFS120 R2.3 LOGICWALL THERMAL (PIR) - 6mm fibre cement sheet, 108mm R2.09 R2.34 0.48 0.43
concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, 25mm PIR (24kg/m3) with bright RFL, 28mm
reflective air gap, 10mm plasterboard
191w43 AFS150 R1.4 LOGICWALL THERMAL (EPS) - 6mm fibre cement sheet, 138mm R1.25 R1.40 0.80 0.71
concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, 10mm SL Class (13.5kg/m3) EPS with RFL,
28mm reflective air gap, 10mm plasterboard
191w44 AFS150 R1.8 LOGICWALL THERMAL (EPS) - 6mm fibre cement sheet, 138mm R1.65 R1.82 0.61 0.55
concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, 25mm SL Class (13.5kg/m3) EPS with RFL,
28mm reflective air gap, 10mm plasterboard
191w45 AFS150 R2.3 LOGICWALL THERMAL (EPS) - 6mm fibre cement sheet, 138mm R2.04 R2.32 0.49 0.43
concrete, 6mm fibre cement sheet, 28mm reflective air gap, 10mm SL Class
(13.5kg/m3) EPS with RFL both sides, 28mm reflective air gap, 10mm
plasterboard
NOTES: The above shows Total R determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for the thermal insulation of buildings.
The insulation thermal resistance is calculated for the Australian air temperature differences (winter: 18-12C = 6K, summer: 36-24C =
12K) per AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006.
278
DESIGNER 2015
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS120 panel has 108mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.123
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
Calcs assume R0.15 generic bubble-foil insulation with material R0.14 and foil both sides of emittances 0.03 & 0.05
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
DESIGNER 2015
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
279
L Certification
L Certification
280
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
DESIGNER 2015
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.12 12.19 12.15 0.07 0.024 35.74 35.58 35.66 0.16 6
108mm concrete 0.075 12.19 12.41 12.30 0.22 0.075 35.58 35.08 35.33 0.49 108
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.41 12.48 12.44 0.07 0.024 35.08 34.93 35.01 0.16 6
20mm reflective air gap 0.729 12.48 14.62 13.55 2.14 0.634 34.93 30.75 32.84 4.17 0.87 0.03 20
R0.14 generic bubble-foil insulation 0.140 14.62 15.03 14.83 0.41 0.140 30.75 29.83 30.29 0.92 6
28mm reflective air gap 0.833 15.03 17.47 16.25 2.44 0.707 29.83 25.18 27.51 4.65 0.03 0.87 28
10mm plasterboard 0.059 17.47 17.65 17.56 0.17 0.059 25.18 24.79 24.98 0.39 10
Indoor air film (unreflective surface): 0.120 17.65 18.00 17.82 0.35 0.120 24.79 24.00 24.39 0.79
Total Thermal Resistance, RTi = 2.04 winter 6.00 1.82 summer 12.00 184
Corresponding Total Conductance (UTi): 0.49 W/(m.K) 0.55 W/(m.K)
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS120 panel has 108mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.123
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
Calcs assume R0.14 generic bubble-foil insulation with material R0.14 and foil both sides of emittance 0.03
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS120 panel has 108mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.123
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
Calcs assume 25mm PIR (24kg/m3) has k=0.023 @ 23C and has bright foil on cavity side (e=0.03)
Insulation R adjusted for temperature at 0.65%/K per AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1, Clause K3.1
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
DESIGNER 2015
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
281
L Certification
L Certification
282
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
DESIGNER 2015
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.17 12.27 12.22 0.10 0.024 35.62 35.39 35.50 0.23 6
138mm concrete 0.096 12.27 12.68 12.48 0.41 0.096 35.39 34.47 34.93 0.92 138
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.68 12.79 12.73 0.10 0.024 34.47 34.24 34.35 0.23 6
10mm SL Class (13.5kg/m3) EPS with RFL 0.255 12.79 13.87 13.33 1.09 0.236 34.24 31.97 33.10 2.27 10
28mm reflective air gap 0.787 13.87 17.24 15.55 3.36 0.651 31.97 25.72 28.84 6.25 0.03 0.87 28
10mm plasterboard 0.059 17.24 17.49 17.36 0.25 0.059 25.72 25.15 25.43 0.57 10
Indoor air film (unreflective surface): 0.120 17.49 18.00 17.74 0.51 0.120 25.15 24.00 24.58 1.15
Total Thermal Resistance, RTi = 1.40 winter 6.00 1.25 summer 12.00 198
Corresponding Total Conductance (UTi): 0.71 W/(m.K) 0.80 W/(m.K)
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS150 panel has 138mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.144
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
Calcs assume 10mm SL Class (13.5kg/m3) EPS has k=0.0407 @ 23C and has bright foil on cavity side (e=0.03)
Insulation R adjusted for temperature at 0.39%/K per AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1, Clause K3.1
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS150 panel has 138mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.144
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
Calcs assume 10mm SL Class (13.5kg/m3) EPS has k=0.0407 @ 23C and has bright foil on cavity side (e=0.03)
Insulation R adjusted for temperature at 0.39%/K per AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1, Clause K3.1
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
DESIGNER 2015
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
283
L Certification
L Certification
284
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD Report i191e Architectural Framing Systems
DESIGNER 2015
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.10 12.17 12.13 0.06 0.024 35.76 35.62 35.69 0.14 6
138mm concrete 0.096 12.17 12.41 12.29 0.25 0.096 35.62 35.06 35.34 0.56 138
6mm fibre cement sheet 0.024 12.41 12.48 12.45 0.06 0.024 35.06 34.92 34.99 0.14 6
28mm reflective air gap 0.853 12.48 14.69 13.58 2.21 0.714 34.92 30.72 32.82 4.20 0.87 0.03 28
10mm SL Class (13.5kg/m3) EPS with RFL both sides 0.253 14.69 15.34 15.01 0.66 0.239 30.72 29.31 30.01 1.41 10
28mm reflective air gap 0.846 15.34 17.54 16.44 2.19 0.723 29.31 25.05 27.18 4.26 0.03 0.87 28
10mm plasterboard 0.059 17.54 17.69 17.61 0.15 0.059 25.05 24.71 24.88 0.35 10
Indoor air film (unreflective surface): 0.120 17.69 18.00 17.84 0.31 0.120 24.71 24.00 24.35 0.71
Total Thermal Resistance, RTi = 2.32 winter 6.00 2.04 summer 12.00 226
Corresponding Total Conductance (UTi): 0.43 W/(m.K) 0.49 W/(m.K)
NOTES: Determinations based upon AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1 2006, Materials for Thermal insulation of buildings.
This computation is not compliant for labelling of insulation products to AS/NZS 4859.1:2002 without an independent endorsement from a recognised laboratory per Section 4.3 of the standard.
The results are believed representative at the date of calculation, however the author reserves the right to revise calculations.
AFS150 panel has 138mm concrete and 6mm fibre cement sheet both sides providing assumed R0.144
Cavity air space insulation values (shown in italics) were estimated using Reflect3 software using infrared emittances e1 & e2,
Calcs assume 10mm SL Class (13.5kg/m3) EPS has k=0.0407 @ 23C and has bright foil on cavity side (e=0.03)
Insulation R adjusted for temperature at 0.39%/K per AS/NZS 4859.1:2002/Amdt 1, Clause K3.1
With different render or surface treatment, Total R would vary by the same amount as the material R of the render.
Total R values include indoor and outdoor air films. Total Conductance (U) calculated by U=1/R
This report may not be reproduced except in full. Results may not be quoted without reference to the assumptions.
Calculated by James Fricker, F.AIRAH, M.IEAust, CPEng.
Signed:
JAMES M FRICKER PTY LTD, 54 Felix Crescent Ringwood North 3134 Vic. Australia http://fricker.net.au
Certification
Certification
L5 Corefill Compaction Test
Fig. L6 Thermal Performance Report
L
L
COREFILL COMPACTION TEST
Conducted on 16/11/2009
282 285
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Certification
Certification
L
L
MONDAY 16/11/09
RECORD OF EVENTS:
MONDAY 16/11/09
11.05am Concrete arrives (refer docket 50410305).
Mixed on site for 1 minutes.
11.10am Commenced slump test result 130mm.
Added 10 litres water to mix.
11.17am Another slump test result 140mm
11.20am Commenced core lling wall
11.24am Finish rst lift (1600mm)
Temperature at 11:30am - 32C.
WAIT BETWEEN LIFTS
11.55am Another slump test result 85mm Added 30 litres water & mixed for 5
minutes.
12:04pm Retest slump result 110mm
Added another 20 litres water & mixed for 4 minutes
12:12pm Retest slump result 135mm
12:13pm Commenced core-lling
12:18pm Finished second lift.
2:00pm Commenced stripping the Perspex panels & strips from one of the bre
cement panels
3:30pm Commenced lming the stripping procedure & the compacted walls
4:15pm Finish lming stripping procedure & compacted walls
TUESDAY 17/11/09
4.00-5:30pm Coey International core-drilled 6 samples from unstripped wall, at base,
middle & top of wall.
286 283
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Certification
Certification
L
L
UNFILLED PERSPEX CLAD PANELS
284 287
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Certification
Certification
CORE FILLING
L
L
STRIPPED PANELS
288 285
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Certification
Certification
CORE DRILL TEST PANEL
L
L
CORE DRILL SAMPLES
286 289
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Certification
Certification
L
L
290 287
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Certification
Certification
L
288 291
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Certification
Certification
L
L
292 289
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Certification
Certification
TESTRITE 4 ROTHWELL AVENUE,
ABN 921114 364046 TESTRITE PO BOX 329 CONCORD WEST
L
L
REPORT ON COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF REPORT NO : 81025
REPORT FOR CORES DRILLED & TESTED BY LABORATORY
CONCRETE CORES ( AS1O12.14 )
PAGE NO : 1 OF 1
TOTAL NO. CORES: 3
DATE DRILLED : 10.12.09
CLIENT : AFS Product
This document is
ADDRESS : P.O. BOX 899 issued in accordance
SEVEN HILLS NSW 1730 with NATA's
accreditation
requirements.
PROJECT : Prime Drive, Seven Hills
DIMENSIONS :
VOLUME (kg/m3)
CONCRETE AGE
STRENGTH (MPa)
(See notes below)
DATE TESTED
LABORATORY
CORRECTED
AND OTHER IDENTIFICATION DATA
STRENGTH
(See notes)
STRENGTH
METHOD DISPL'MNT
(See notes)
DRILLED (mm)
CORE
LENGTH
AVE. A.S. METHOD
DIAM. 1012.12 A.S.1012.12
(mm)
(mm) Section 1 Section 2
1 Top. Test Wall. 28 14.12.09 WET/3 (w) 76.2 131 NR N/R 45.5 44.5
2 Middle. Test Wall. 28 14.12.09 WET/3 (w) 76.4 130 NR N/R 48.0 47.0
3 Base. Test Wall. 28 14.12.09 WET/3 (w) 76.4 132 NR N/R 47.5 46.5
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
SYMBOLS USED ABOVE FOR A.S 1012.14 STANDARD PRECONDITIONING METHODS
DRY: 7 days in air at 18 to 28 deg.C, and 40 to 60 % Relative Humidity. WET/3 : 3 days in H2O @ 18-28 deg.C. WET/V : 3 hrs vacuum saturation
NOTE: if these symbols appended with (w), corresponding cores stored in water at 21 - 25 deg C from receipt until the start of the preconditioning period
SYMBOLS USED WITH CORE DIMENSIONS (L): MAX.LENGTH AVAILABLE GAVE L:DIAM RATIO LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE MINIMUM OF 1:1
(D): CLIENT NOMINATED DEPARTURE FROM AS 1012.14, WHEREIN THE CORE DIAM. WAS LESS THAN THE MIN.OF 75mm ALLOWABLE BY AS 1012.14.
MASS PER UNIT VOLUME - SYMBOLS & NOTES RAPID METHOD: VOL. BY DIMENSIONS, H2O DISPLACEMENT METHOD : VOLUME BY IMMERSED MASS
X: INVALID TEST DUE DEFECT. NR: TEST NOT REQUIRED
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH - SYMBOLS & TERMS N/C : NO CORRECTION REQ'D FOR L : D RATIO. N/A: NO CORR. AVAILABLE FOR THIS L: D RATIO.
CORE STRENGTH : NO ADJUSTMENT MADE FOR LENGTH TO DIAMETER RATIO. F/D : TO BE TESTED AT A FUTURE DATE.
CORRECTED STRENGTH : ADJUSTMENT WHEN LENGTH : DIAM. RATIO IS OTHER THAN 2 : 1. CAPPING METHOD: FILLED SULPHUR MIXTURE.
SYMBOLS FOR DEFECTS NOTED BEFORE OR AFTER TEST H: HONEYCOMBED, VS: VOIDS AROUND STEEL, S: SEGREGATION, N: NUMEROUS VOIDS,
V: VOID, C(x): CRACK & ITS LENGTH, D: DRY JOINT / SEPARATION, F: FOREIGN MATTER B: CORE DIAMETER LESS HAN 3 TIMES NOMINAL SIZE OF AGGREGATE
E: EROSION OF MATRIX FROM DRILLING, R: RIDGES ,STEPS,GROOVES, G: GOUGES OR SCORES, A: VARIATION OF CONCRETE APPEARANCE IN CORE
DATE: 13.Jan.2010
290 293
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
Certification
Certification
L
L
294 291
WALLING SOLUTIONS DESIGNER 2015 DESIGNER 2012
Certification
Certification
L6 Weatherproofing
Fig. L2A GECA Audit Report
L
L
Weatherproofing Verification to NCC 2015
CSR Building Products Limited
15-Oct-2015
252 295
DESIGNER 2012 DESIGNER 2015 WALLING SOLUTIONS
L Notes
Certification
L
296
DESIGNER 2015
Legal Statements
DISCLAIMER
1. This technical manual named AFS Designer together with the design tables and associated information
related to AFS LOGICWALL has been prepared by AFS to assist design professionals using AFS
LOGICWALL including without limitation, developers, builders, engineers, architects or quantity surveyors
with the design of structural walls.
2. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the use of this manual is appropriate and to exercise their own
judgment when using this manual.
3. AFS does not accept any responsibility (whether for negligence or otherwise) for any consequence arising from the
use or application of this manual.
4. The design and engineering of the structure of any building using AFS LOGICWALL should only be undertaken by
suitability qualified and experienced design professionals, engineers or consultants.
5. The full responsibility for the design, engineering and structural design, and certification of compliance with
all relevant Australian Standards, BCA and any other statutory requirements at Local, State and Federal levels
rest with the design professional, project engineer or project consultants including but not limited to the design
engineer, acoustic consultant, energy efficiency consultant, fire engineer and any of their officers, employees,
delegates, partners, agents and service providers of any nature.
6. AFS reserves the right to change the specifications of this manual without notice.
7. Please check with AFS that you have the latest version as the manual may be updated from time to time and
certain details may change.
8. This disclaimer applies to the extent permitted by law.
DEFINITIONS
The use of the terms AFS LOGICWALL and AFS LOGICWALL Walls throughout the AFS Designer are as follows;
AFS LOGICWALL: Refers to AFS LOGICWALL panels as permanent formwork prior to being installed & corefilled with concrete.
AFS LOGICWALL Walls: Refers to AFS LOGICWALL walls installed with concrete corefill incorporated.
Distributed by:
IMPORTANT LEGAL INFORMATION
AFS SYSTEMS PTY LTD Reasonable efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy of this publication; however, any information
PO Box 234, Minto NSW 2566 and data contained herein is subject to change without notice. To ensure the information you are using
110 Airds Road, Minto NSW 2566 is correct, AFS recommends you review the latest technical information available on the AFS website
www.afswall.com.au, or alternatively call 1300 727 237 to speak to a Technical Representative.
Phone: 1300 727 237
The AFS logo and LOGICWALL mark are registered trade marks. 2015 AFS Systems Pty Ltd.
Email: afssales@csr.com.au
No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form or by any means without prior written
Web: www.afswall.com.au ABN 45 576 072 788
permission from AFS Systems Pty Ltd. All rights reserved.